Category Archives: British Isles – Railways and Tramways

The Railways of Skye & Adjacent Islands – Part 1 – Loch Cuithir to Lealt

Derived from the remains of microscopic fossilized sea or freshwater algaes, diatomite is a naturally occurring, versatile mineral used in an array of applications from cosmetics to filtration. [4] It was harvested by drag line from Loch Cuithir in the late 19th century and the first half of the 20th century.

This unique form of silica has an elaborate honeycomb structure, peppered with thousands of tiny holes ranging from a few microns to submicron diameters. No other silica source, be it mined or artificially produced, presents such a structure. Some diatomite deposits are saltwater but most are from freshwater sources. … When ground, this profusion of shapes results in an extremely low-density powder known as ‘diatomaceous earth’ (DE) which has excellent absorption properties that are highly prized for filtration, agriculture, paints, plastics, cosmetics, and pharmaceuticals application.” [4]

Diatomite was also used in the production of dynamite. [2][3]

The route of the tramway/railway as recorded on railmaponline.com’s mapping. [5]
Sketch Map showing the extraction point at Loch Cuithir (on the left), the route of the tramway and the factory site (on the right). [6]
A closer view of loch Cuiithir, a drag-line was used here to extract diatomite. [6]
The tramway brought diatomite down to the processing plant on the seashore which is at the right of this expanded view. [6]
Loch Cuiithir seen from the West. Looking down from close to the summit of Flasvein onto the remnants of Loch Cuithir. From this high vantage point the outline of the original loch can be picked out. It was drained to these three shallow pools during the excavation of diatomite in three separate periods between the late 19th century and the 1960s. The deposits were up to 45ft deep and extended to over 20 acres, © John Allan and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [10]

Possibly as early as 1885 [1] but certainly by 1889, [2][3] work was underway at this site. A 2ft [2][3] or 2ft 6in [1] gauge tramway was being constructed in 1889 from the drag-line at Loch Cuithir to Lealt. The tramway followed the River Lealt down to its mouth at Invertote. When first opened the line was worked by gravity and manpower. Apparently, later in the life of the line a small steam locomotive was in use. [2][3]

At the “Western end of the line … at Loch Cuithir, … diatomite – known locally as Cailc (Scottish Gaelic for chalk) – was taken out from the loch bed and dried on wire nets. The seaward terminus had warehouses on the cliff-top at Invertote. At the base of the cliff was a factory where the diatomite was kiln dried, ground and calcined. [A] line … extended from the factory onto a pier into the Sound of Raasay.” [2][3]

Diatomite was also gotten from Loch Valerain and transported by aerial ropeway to Staffin Bay and on along the coast to Invertote Apparently, “during its existence, the Skye Diatomite Company extracted 2000 tons of diatomite. … From Invertote, the diatomite was transferred by skiff, onto puffer boats, waiting in the bay, and shipped across to the mainland. The diatomite was turned into kieselguhr which was mixed with nitroglycerine by Nobel Industries, at Ardeer, to make dynamite.” [2][3]

Stornoway Gazette described the operation as follows:

Over the years, the mine saw periods of inactivity, but when up and running operations made use of the large industrial works at the area – a large factory building, a railway with embankment cuttings, and a rolling stock traversing three miles of landscape, including an aerial ropeway. The light railway was used to transport the Loch Culthir Diatomite to the shores at Invertote for a final drying and grinding, and a large building containing a furnace, grinding machine and storage space was constructed there for this purpose. Such modernised business works were quite remarkable for this part of the world at the time. In those days there was no road between Staffin and Portree, so a puffer boat would anchor in the bay at Lealt, and local skiffs were used to transport the finished Diatomite from shore to boat, ready for shipping to the mainland. There were around 40 to 50 people steadily employed at Lealt, yet on days that the boat came in this total rose to as many as 80 workers.” [7]

Perhaps one of the most intriguing aspects of the mine’s history comes from the ownership of the drying factory at Invertote by Germans. Although closed during the period of the Great War, surprisingly the now enemy foreign residents were allowed to stay on. Shortly afterwards a rumour began to circulate that the area was haunted and that the ghost of a recent tragic death at the Lealt falls had appeared at the factory. As the local story goes, (the rumour was actually started by the Germans) with the intent of keeping locals away. It turned out that the resident Germans were spies and that, almost unbelievable to the community, the area was being used as a German base with submarines surfacing in the sea bay!” [7]

Moving on, the year 1950 saw the next development in the mining of Diatomite from Loch Cuithir. As the loch was one and a half miles up the moor, through peat bogs and rivers, the Department of Agriculture and Fisheries for Scotland (DAFS) decided that a road should be built, with the intention of extracting the Diatomite by digger, and then taking it to the Lealt road end above Invertote. The road took around a year and a half to build, during which the mine was put out of operation. Yet, when production started again, the new method of extraction did not reach the high standard of quality which was achieved when extracted manually by spades. The mechanical extraction resulted in the Diatomite being less pure, and full of unwanted dirt. Drying the substance is, in fact, the problem of the process, for it is obvious that in a damp climate like Skye, the diatomite does not lose its moisture quickly. The problems which began after the construction of the 1950s road were further highlighted and compounded six years later. A new factory was built at Uig (the site where the Cal Mac offices are now situated), far from the mining site at Loch Cuithir, and it may be said that this move was the ruining of the entire Diatomite industry upon Skye. As Diatomite was no longer dried at Invertote it now had to be transported by road, wet, for the much-needed drying process to Uig, 23 miles away. A vehicle may have left Loch Cuithir carrying five tonnes of Diatomite, yet only producing one tonne of the finished product after drying had taken place – a finished product which was also not as pure as it ought to be for the specialised work it had to do in various products. A lot of money was wasted on travelling, and within the factory itself, inefficiency was also present, with machinery often breaking down due to the damp state of the Diatomite. Outside the factory, the scenic communities of Trotternish also began to suffer. When the factory was working, it poured out a fine white dust which covered every house in the area. Grass became chalky in colour and after dry spells in the weather, the road-sides from Staffin to Uig would turn white with Diatomite – Uig was constantly under a cloud of dust. With complaints of insubstantial profits and bad management, the factory was finally closed to production for the last time in 1960. Yet, although the Diatomite mining industry on Skye came to an abrupt ending, it was still regarded by many locals as a blessing at the time. Following from World War One, the industrial works provided employment for many returning men who could not find work elsewhere in the island. And at peak production, around 1955/56, 50 to 60 men were paid good wages to work at the factory.” [7]

Bell & Harris tell us that “Loch Cuithir is located upon landslipped material, which overlies Upper Jurassic strata. Only parts of these diatomite workings remain. Some of the brick buildings, together with the line of the tramway used to transport the diatomite to the coast, are still obvious. The diatomite occurred as a 3–6m-thick horizon below a 1m covering of peat. The loch had an original area of 60 hectares (24 acres) and was drained in order to extract the diatomite. Ditches, around the perimeter of the loch, were excavated and the water was drained through a man-made outlet at the northern end of the loch, thus allowing removal of the peat and extraction of the diatomite. East of the drainage outlet are spoil-heaps, mostly of plateau lava boulders, presumably removed from the workings during excavation. The diatomite from this deposit was very pure, with little or no interlayered silt or mud. Macadam (1920) notes that the calcined (heat treated) diatomite contains over 96% [Silicon Dioxide](reported in Anderson and Dunham 1966), whilst Strahan et al. (1917) gave a value of 98.78%. According to Macadam (1920), the absorptive value of the material from Loch Cuithir was over 3.56 (a good diatomite would have an absorptive value in excess of 4.0).

Some excellent photographs of the derelict factory at Invertote can be seen here. [8]

The Route of the Tramway/Railway

From Loch Cuithir, the railway ran in a Southeasterly direction over boggy ground. Minimal earthworks were undertaken placing the railway at a level just above surrounding ground.

The orange line on this extract from railmaponline.com’s satellite imagery is the route of the old railway. The white line shows the route of the road built to provide access to Loch Cuithir from Lealt. [5]
Remnants of a brick structure close to Loch Cuithir. [My photograph, 30th April 2025]
The line of the old railway to the South of the access road. The abutments of a bridge over a stream mark its route. [My photograph 30th April 2025]
The location of another bridge with just the stone abutments remaining. This photograph was taken back in 2013, © Gordon Brown and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [11]
Looking back along the route of the old railway towards Loch Cuithir which some distance off to the right of this image. Running from the Loch, the line enters this image from the right and curves round towards the foreground. Its route is defined by the light green corridor through the heather. [My photograph, 30th April 2025]
Still looking approximately to the Southwest, this view shows the route of the railway as it approached the track to the loch. [My photograph, 30th April 2025]
Much closer now to the road crossing, this photograph was taken back in 2013, © Gordon Brown and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [12]
The next length of the line. At the bottom left, the point at which it crossed the line of the track can be seen. A long straight length running Northeast follows. [5]
Looking Northeast across the point at which the road crosses the line of the old railway. [My photograph, 30th April 2025]
Just beyond the crossing point and looking Northeast along the line of the railway. [My photograph, 30th April 2025]
The old railway route runs Northeast as the road turns East. [My photograph, 30th April 2025]
The railway ran on a relatively straight path while the road seeks to follow the contours alongside the River Lealt. [5]
The line continues in a Northeasterly direction. [5]
Further Northeast along the line of the railway. [My photograph, 30th April 2025]
While some distance from the road the railway formation turns to the East. [5]
Evidence of historic cultivation alongside the line can be seen South of the line. These were lazy beds, a method of arable cultivation where parallel banks of ridge and furrow were dug by spade. [5]
Continuing generally in an Easterly direct the route of line passes to the North of modern housing in Lealt. [5]
The line ran to the North (the right) of the building in this view. [My photograph 30th April 2025]
It ran Southeast towards Invertote. [5]
Across open moorland. [My photograph, 30th April 2025]
The road from Loch Cuithir is on the left the railway runs from the centre distance towards the camera. [My photograph, 30th April 2025]
The old railway alignment and the modern road converge as they head East. [5]
Looking West the old railway formation joins the modern road from the right. [My photograph, 30th April 2025]
The road sits on the old railway formation approaching the present A855. [My photograph, 30th April 2025]
The road drops off the old railway formation to run down to its junction with the A855. [My photograph, 30th April 2025]
The railway terminated at the cliff top. Loads may have been transported by aerial ropeway down to the factory which sat just above sea level. [5]
The remains of the Diatomite Factory can still be seen just above the beach at the mouth of the river. [5]

The Canmore National Record of the Historic Environment profiles these notes:

One of the greatest causes of interest in Skye Diatomite was its potential use as a substitute for Kieselghur by Alfred Nobel in the production of Dynamite in Nobel’s new Scottish factory at Ardeer in Ayrshire during the 1880s. Nobel eventually found a better source of material, but the Extraction of Diatomite nevertheless began in Skye at Loch Cuithir in 1886. The Diatomite was transported by tramway to be processed at Invertote, production continuing until 1913. The industry was briefly revived between 1950 and 1961, using road transport.” [13]

The principal remains of the Invertote works are a large, rubble-built, rectangular-plan roofless building (NG5201 6049). It has been entirely gutted, but fragmentary remains include a large cast-iron flywheel from a steam engine, and a cast-iron wall-mounted bearing box. The other surviving structure is a kiln (NG5201 6052), comprising a lower chanber or firebox built from Scottish firebricks (produced at the Star Works, Glenboig, Lanarkshire, and Etna Works, Armadale, West Lothian), onto which has been constructed a circular-section fireclay-brick column encased by an outer layer of sheet steel. The exact functions of the processing building and the kiln are uncertain, but it is likely that the latter was used for drying purposes.” [13]

References

  1. https://www.isbuc.co.uk/Sights/Rail.php, accessed on 13th April 2025.
  2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lealt_Valley_Diatomite_Railway, accessed on 13th April 2025.
  3. https://web.archive.org/web/20080513044619/http://www.stornowaygazette.co.uk/back-in-the-day/SKYE-DIATOMITE-A-LOST-INDUSTRY.3847089.jp, accessed on 13th April 2025.
  4. https://www.imerys.com/minerals/diatomite, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  5. https://www.railmaponline.com/UKIEMap.php, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  6. https://canmore.org.uk/collection/1017056, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  7. Stornoway Gazette, 5th March 2008; via https://www.scottishbrickhistory.co.uk/diatomite-mines-isle-of-skye, accessed on 1st May 2025
  8. https://www.28dayslater.co.uk/threads/lealt-valley-diatomite-factory-skye-june-2021.129161, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  9. B. R. Bell & J.W. Harris; An excursion guide to the geology of the Isle of Skye; Geological Society of Glasgow, 1986; via https://earthwise.bgs.ac.uk/index.php/The_Loch_Cuithir_diatomite_deposits,_Skye_-_an_excursion, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  10. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/748488, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  11. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3481387, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  12. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3481377, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  13. https://canmore.org.uk/event/835753, accessed on 1st May 2025.

The Highland Railway – Part 1

The featured image at the head of this article (above) is Highland Railway Jones 4-4-0 Locomotive No. 7, forerunner of the Skye Bogies; it was built by Hawthorne’s in 1858 as a 2-4-0 locomotive and named ‘Fife’ (later ‘Dingwall’) and was one of two of the class fitted with bogies in 1873-75 to work on the Dingwall & Skye Railway, © Public Domain (Ian Allan Library). [1: p4]

A Map of the Highland Railway Network, © Public Domain. [8]

H.A.Vallance notes that in the years prior to the coming of the railways to the North of Scotland there was a series of different initiatives intended to improve transport links. The first were the roads built by General Wade (250 miles of military roads) which “were quite unsuited to the requirements of trade operating under peace-time conditions.” [17: p11] The biggest contribution to raid development was made by Thomas Telford. He “was appointed to survey for new roads and for the improvement of existing highways. In the course of … 17 years he constructed about 920 miles of road, and built some 1,200 bridges.” [17: p11] But it was the coming of the railways to the Highlands, that most effectively addressed the regions transport problems.

Earlier articles about the Highland Railway network can be found here, [3] and here. [4] These two articles cover the Strathpeffer Branch and the Fortrose Branch repectively.

Trains Illustrated No. 18 which was published in 1976 focussed on The Highland Railway. [1] The introductory article, ‘Highland Retrospect’, was written by Paul Drew. [1: p4-11]

Paul Drew commences his article with a short reflection on the excitement of waking on one of the sleeper services heading North into the Scottish highlands. Two routes provide an intensely enjoyable experience in the right weather: “The awakening on the West Highland line at Garelochhead, perhaps, or on Rannoch Moor … winding in a generally northward direction towards Fort William, Mallaig and Skye and the Hebrides; and daybreak on the Highland line proper, the Perth-Inverness main line of the old Highland Railway, somewhere between Blair Atholl and the outskirts of Inverness, following the old coach road up to Druimuachdar summit, at an altitude of 1484ft, or dropping down the hills between Spey and Findhorn and Findhorn and Moray Firth.” [1: p4]

Drew expresses his opinion that the Highland Railway (HR) route offers the greatest diversity of scenery but whether “you travel from Euston to the Highland or from Kings Cross to the West Highland line the contrast between the [suburbs of London] … and the glories seen on waking – even, for devotees, in a Scotch mist – is one of the attractions of the journey. Before World War II one could start an overnight journey to a Highland line station from Kings Cross as well as Euston, and up to 1914 from St Pancras also with, on a summer evening, a daylight exit from London.” [1: p4]

He seems to like the route taken by trains from St. Pancras best. Their route “was via Leeds, the magnificent MR route across the Pennines, Carlisle, the North British Railway’s Waverley route through the best parts of the Lowlands to Edinburgh, and so by the East Coast route over the Forth Bridge to Perth, the beginning of the HR main line – all far better traversed in daylight.” [1: p4]

He notes too that it was common practice not to disturb a passenger’s sleep which meant that sleeper services on the HR were normally made up of “HR vehicles and through coaches and sleeping cars from England (LNWR, West Coast Joint Stock, GNR, North Eastern, East Coast Joint Stock, Midland, and probably Midland & North British joint stock) and from Scotland (Caledonian and North British) but also of privately hired ‘family’ saloons, horseboxes, flat wagons conveying carriages and, from the turn of the century, motorcar vans, all supplied by a wide variety of English and Scottish railways.” [1: p4]

Occasionally, these trains would also include the “private saloon of the Duke of Sutherland, who owned not only one or two passenger vehicles but a 2-4-0 tank engine, Dunrobin, and its successor, an 0-4-4 tank of the same name, which he ran – often driving himself – on his private railway. It was in Sutherland, and ran from Golspie via his seat, Dunrobin Castle, to Helmsdale. The line was eventually taken over by the Highland and forms part of the Farther North line from Inverness to Wick and Thurso. Both Dunrobins were allowed to work (within limits) over HR tracks, even south of Inverness, but not, it seems on public passenger trains  – at least not expresses.” [1: p4]

The private train of the Duke of Sutherland – this is the second incarnation of ‘Dunrobin‘ an 0-4-4T locomotive which pulled a dedicated saloon. It left Scotland, first for New Romney and then, in 1950, for Canada. It is seen here in British Columbia, © British Colo.bia Government. [1: p5]

Drew notes that, “The marshalling of the heterogeneous caravans at Perth, where vehicles were made over by the CR and NBR, was a frequent cause of unpunctuality and indeed chaos. Besides, most of the trains tended to run late during the summer, especially on the HR main line, which even after the central portion south of Druimuachdar has been double-tracked in the 1890s, tended to be congested; a high-season shortage of HR motive power aggravated matters, and reliance on telegraphy for many years before introduction of the telephone did not make for flexibility in train operation. Disgruntled Sassenach passengers in Perth, Edinburgh Waverley and other big Scottish stations would mutter that they ordered this matter better in England.” 1: p4]

It would be easy to take the perspective of a southerner when considering the HR, seeing it “mainly as a means of moving tourists and sportsmen from England, and such consumer goods and other freight as the impoverished Highlands could afford to import.” [1: p4] But it would be quite wrong to do so. “The Highland Railway was conceived by Highlanders, in the Highlands, as an outlet for the fish and agricultural produce of the Highlands from northern Perthshire to John o’ Groats and from Inverness eastwards to the Aberdeenshire border and westwards to Wester Ross, a region that in the 1840s was still only slowly recovering from the oppression and impoverishment that had followed the Forty-Five insurrection a century before. The HR was the creation not of middle-class businessmen but of country landowners who ranged from the rich Duke of Sutherland to poor lairds who could afford little more than to encourage, rather than to oppose (like many landowners in the south) building the railway over their land, often asking for a station to serve their tenants.” [1: p4]

With a route mileage of more than five hundred miles, H. A. Vallance tells us, “the Highland occupied third place among the five fully-independent pre-1923 main line railways of Scotland. Its popularity with those who love railways arise from the scenic charm of its terrain, and also from the way in which the small company succeeded in working its traffic in the face of natural difficulties, and with limited financial resources, over routes that were largely single track.” [17: dust-jacket]

Prior to the 1850s, “there was already a trickle of summer tourists from the Lowlands and England, who used a surprisingly well-developed system of stagecoaches or drove in their own carriages; but it was not until the 1850s, after Queen Victoria and the Prince Consort had ‘invented’ Highland tourism by establishing Balmoral, that the trickle began to grow into a flood. Deerstalking, grouse-shooting and fishing, at least by rich people from south of Perth, developed slowly. For 20 years after the HR Inverness-Perth line, by the original route via Forres, was opened in 1863 the management adopted a take-it-or-leave-it attitude to passengers, though by the 1880s receipts from through passenger traffic from England, including much first class in the summer, were considerable. And for long afterwards the HR left the provision of really comfortable passenger vehicles to the English railways and the Caledonian.” [1: p4-5]

Drew continues: “To promoters seeking a route for a railway from Inverness to the south there were three options. The first was a relatively easy alignment along the flat coast via Forres to Elgin, thence through undulating but not mountainous country to near Inverurie and on through Lowland Buchan to Aberdeen. Second was the route of the old coach road via Kingussie, Druimuachdar and Blair Atholl to Perth, and the third was through [the] Great Glen to the area of Fort William, beyond which progress to Glasgow was through a region of mountains and lochs which had long been thought impassable for a railway – or at least to involve too many major civil engineering works – until it was traversed by the West Highland line towards the end of the century, some years after the threat of a Glasgow & North Western Railway over an even more difficult route than the West Highland.” [1: p5]

The disadvantages of the route via Aberdeen were it’s circuitous route and, at the time particularly, there being no bridges crossing the River Tay and the Firth of Forth and the failure of any such route to serve inland Invernessshire. Also significantly perhaps, was an innate suspicion (perhaps too strong a word) amongst highlander promoters of a railway that there was any need to serve the lowland city of Aberdeen.

Nevertheless,” says Drew, “the first train to reach Inverness from the South, in 1858, was from Aberdeen, over the Great North of Scotland [Railway (GNSR)] as far as Keith and then over the Inverness & Aberdeen Junction line, which later became part of the HR.” [1: p5]

The Aberdeen to Inverness Railway Line, (GNSR – Aberdeen to Keith)

The route from Aberdeen to Inverness. Trains ran out of Aberdeen on the Great Northern of Scotland line and entered Inverness along the Inverness & Aberdeen Junction Railway, © Nilfanion and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [14]

The GNSR was “floated to build a railway from Aberdeen to Inverness. … It obtained its Act on 26th June 1846. It is estimated that [this] cost £80,000 and the company was at once in financial straits, … accentuated by the crash which followed the ‘Railway Mania’s, then at its height. … [Eventually, work] started on 25th November 1852. … The railway was opened from Kittybrewster (1½ miles from Aberdeen) to Huntly, a distance of 39 miles, on 19th September 1854. Four years previously, the railway had been completed from Perth to Aberdeen. A through journey was then made possible between England and the south of Scotland, and Huntly. From this latter point coaches, running in connection with the trains, continued the journey to Inverness.” [17: p12-15]

The line was extended into Aberdeen to Waterloo Quay in 1855, and in October 1856 it reached Keith around halfway between Aberdeen and Inverness. The GNSR had overstretched itself and could not fund the remaining 55 miles of line to Inverness.

The original Great North of Scotland Railway terminus in Aberdeen opened on 1st April 1856, and closed to passenger service on 4th November 1867 with the opening of Aberdeen Joint Railway Station. This extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey undertaken between 1864 and 1867, published in 1869 shows the station as it was in its prime. [15][18]
The next significant location on the line was the station at Kittybrewster which is shown here as an extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey undertaken between 1864 and 1867, published in 1868. [19]
Dyce Railway Station was opened (along with the line) in 1854 by the Great North of Scotland Railway (GNSR). It later became a junction for the Formartine and Buchan Railway (F&BR) which diverged here and headed north to Peterhead and Fraserburgh; this opened to traffic in 1861 and had its own platforms alongside the main line ones. Passenger services over the F&BR ended as a result of the Beeching Axe on 4th October 1965 but the station remained open until 6th May 1968. [15] Freight continued to Peterhead until 1970 and to Fraserburgh until October 1979. There is still evidence on the ground of the old branch platforms which sat on the site of the station car park. The former branch lines are now a long distance cycle path, accessible from the western end of the car park. The station was reopened by British Rail on 15th September 1984. This extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1865, published in 1866 shows the station soon after it became a junction station. [16][20]

The GNSR left Dyce and followed the southern edge of the River Don’s floodplain, passing through Kintore before bridging both the Aberdeen Canal and the River Don just to the North of Port Elphinstone Railway Station.

Kintore Railway Station acted as a junction station for the Alford Valley Railway which branched off the GNSR line just to the Northwest of Kintore Railway Station. The Alford Valley Railway opened in 1859. It had stations at Kemnay, Monymusk, Tillyfourie, Whitehouse and Alford. The line also served Kemnay Quarry and three other granite quarries in the area. The train took just over an hour for the 16-mile (26 km) journey. [27][28]
This next extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1864 to 1866, published in 1867, shows Port Elphinstone Railway Station and the bridges over the Aberdeen Canal and the River Don. As can be seen on this extract a short branch line served the canal wharves at Port Elphinstone. [21]
Inverurie Railway Station was the next significant location on the GNSR and appears on this extract from the 25″Ordnance Survey of 1864 to 1866, published in 1867. [22]
Further to the Northwest, the line bridged the River Urie (Ury). This extract is from the Ordnance Survey of 1866 & 1867, published in 1867. [23]

To the West of Keith, the Highland Railway held sway. The Inverness &Aberdeen Junction Railway was one of the constituent parties that formed the Highland Railway in 1865, as noted below.

The line crossed the River Urie (Ury) once again further to the Northwest. This extract comes from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1867, published in 1868. [24]

Beyond this viaduct the line ran along the South side of the River Ury and then to the South side of the Gadie Burn. It crossed the Burn just to the West of the village of Oyne and its railway station.

The village of Oyne, its railway station, and both road and railway bridges over the Gadie Burn. This extract is taken from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1867, published in 1868. [25]
Insch Railway Station at Rothney, as it appeared on the 1867 25″ Ordnance Survey. [26]
The next station on the line was Wardhouse Station. [29]
And then Kennethmont Railway Station. [30]
And Gartly Railway Station. [31]
North of Gartly the railway bridged the River Bogie twice in short succession before arriving at Huntly. [32]
Huntly Railway Station sat on the East bank of the River Bogie with Huntly to the West of the river. Huntly was the temporary terminus of the GNSR from 19th September 1854 until an extension was opened taking the line as far as Keith in October 1856. [17: p15-16] This extract is from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1871, published in 1872. [33]

North of Huntly, on the extension to Keith the line. Missed the River Deveron and ran through Rothiemay Railway Station.

This extract from the 25″Ordnance Survey of 1870 and 1871, published in 1872 shows the viaduct over the River Deveron and Rothiemay Railway Station. [34]
Further West the line passed through Grange Station which three years after opening in 1856 became the junction station for the Banff, Portsoy and Strathisla Railway which opened a branch to Banff and Portsoy. [35][36]
This next extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1867 & 1868, published in 1869, shows Keith Railway Station which was the terminus of the GNSR line from October 1856 until the Inverness & Aberdeen Junction Railway reached Keith from Nairn in 1858.  . [37][38]

The Keith and Dufftown Railway ran Southwest from Keith to Dufftown. It can be seen curving away from the station at the left of the OS map extract above. At Dufftown, the line made an end-on connection with the Speyside Railway at Dufftown, and the Morayshire Railway connected to the Speyside Railway at Craigellachie, this ultimately gave the GNSR access to Elgin. [39]

The Aberdeen to Inverness Railway Line (HR – Keith to Inverness)

The GNSR’s protracted/torturous efforts to reach Inverness created space for others to act. Interests in Inverness sought to provide a different link to the South via Druimuachdar to Perth but were thwarted by its rejection by Parliament (in 1846), nonetheless they “obtained authority for a short line from Inverness to Nairn with a view both to blocking a GNSR approach to Inverness and also the Inverness route which eventually branched off from the Inverness-Aberdeen route at Forres, Nairn, and ran via Dava summit (1052ft), Grantown-on-Spey, Aviemore and on to Perth via Druimuachdar. (Only in the 1890s was the direct line built from Inverness via Slochd summit and Carr Bridge to Aviemore, affording the shortest route to the South.)” [1: p5-7]

Drew continues: “The Inverness & Nairn railway took only a year to build (1854-55). The eastward extension of the Inverness-Nairn line was the Inverness & Aberdeen Junction, which ran via Forres and Elgin to Keith, to which point it was opened in 1858, met the GNSR and provided the Inverness-Aberdeen through route. Two years later the Inverness & Perth Junction Company was formed. Construction of the Forres-Perth line made quick progress from both ends, despite the need to take the line for 100 miles through the central mountain tract of Scotland. The through route from Inverness via Forres to Perth was completed in 1863. The Inverness & Aberdeen Junction, which had absorbed the Inverness & Nairn, and the Inverness & Perth Junction, were amalgamated in 1865 to form the Highland Railway.” [1: p7]

This extract from the 25″Ordnance Survey of 18 , published 18 , shows Keith Railway Station and the first length of the line under HR control. To the West of the station the line crossed the River Isla and passed through the junction with the HR line to Buckie. This was the Buckie and Portessie Branch which served an important fishing harbour at Buckie. The branch opened at the beginning of August 1884 and was finally completely closed on 3rd October 1966. However, this does not tell the full story. As an emergency measure in 1915, the track was lifted between Buckie and Aultmore, to be used elsewhere for the War effort.  The Portessie to Buckie and Aultmore to Keith stubs remained open (there was a distillery at Aultmore).After the Grouping in 1923, the LMSR relaid the removed section, but then decided against re-opening it.  The Portessie to Buckie stub closed in 1944, but the Keith to Aultmore stub lasted until 1966. [2][7]
The same area in the 21st century as it appears on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [2]
And as it appears on the OS Landranger series maps. [11]
Keith Junction Station in the 21st century, looking East, © Richard Webb and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [9]
A little further West, the line passed close to Glentauchers-Glenlivet Distillery which had its own sidings. [12]
The same area in the 21st century satellite imagery provided by the NLS. [12]
And further to the West, through Mulben Railway Station. [13]
The same area in the 21st century satellite imagery provided by the NLS. [13]

After a series of bridges over the Burn of Mulben, the line bridged the River Spey and turned North along the West bank of the Spey. …

As the line turned North on the West bank of the River Spey it was joined by the line known as the Orton Section of the GNSR which connected the GNSR at Rothes with the HR. [40]
On modern satellite imagery we can see that the line from Rothes no longer exists. The HR line can still be seen turning to the North alongside the Spey. [40]
This next extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century shows the line running North through Orton Railway Station only a short distance from the bridge over the Spey. [41]
The same area in the 21st century satellite imagery provided by the NLS. [41]
Orbliston Junction was the next station along the line. It opened on 18th August 1858 with the name ‘Fochabers’, though it was 4 km west of the town. Its name was changed to ‘Orbliston Junction’ on 16th October 1893, when the Highland Railway opened the Fochabers branch line. The branch closed to passengers in 1931, but the name didn’t change to ‘Orbliston’ until 12th September 1960. The station closed to both passengers and goods traffic on 7th December 1964. The branch to Fochabers. Can be seen leaving the main line in the top-left of this extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [42][43]
The same area in the 21st century as shown on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [42]
Looking North through Orbliston Railway Station in June 1960, © Highland Railway Society, c/o AmBaile.org.uk. [44]

Heading West once again after Orbliston Railway Station the line continued on through Lhanbryd(e) Railway Station. …

Lhanbryd (Lhanbryd) Railway Station at the turn of the 20th century. The station opened on 18th August 1858 and was closed to both passengers and goods traffic by December 1964. The site is now a private residence. [45][47]
The same area in the 21st century. [45]
Looking West through Lhanbryde Railway Station, © Highland Railway Society c/o AmBaile.org.uk. [46]
This next extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of the turn of the 20th century shows the approach to The HR’s Elgin Station from the East. The GNSR bridged the HR line East of Elgin and then turned tightly to the Southwest entering its own station which sat to the East of the HR’s Station. [48]
A similar area as it appears on modern satellite imagery. [48]
A closer focus on the HR’s Station at Elgin, enlarged from the same OS map as the map extract above. [49]
A similar area as it appears on modern satellite imagery. [49]
Elgin Railway Station looking West towards Inverness. The old Highland Railway Station was rebuilt in 1990, © Anne Burgess and made available for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [51]

West of Elgin the line bridged the River Lossie before passing through Mosstowie Station, then passed a connection to a mineral railway serving Newton Quarries and on to Alves Station.

The 25″ Ordnance Survey of the turn of the 20th century shows the bridge over the River Lossie. [50]
The same location in the 21st century, as it appears on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [50]
Mosstowie railway Station. [52]
The same location in the 21st century. [52]
Looking West from the road bridge at what was once Mosstowie Railway Station. Mosstowie Station opened on 25th March 1858 by the Inverness and Aberdeen Junction Railway. It had closed to both passengers and goods traffic by 7th March 1955. [53][Google Streetview, October 2014]
The connection with the mineral railway which served Newton Quarries. [54]
The same location in the 21st century. Nothing is visible of the old mineral railway close to the railway line but the trees to the right of this image mark its alignment further away from the old HR’s line. In 1898, a signal box was provided for the short mineral line to Newton Quarries. It was locomotive worked between 1898 and 1937. There was a level crossing just to the west of the box which was located on the south side of the line opposite the Newton Quarry siding. The mineral line was reached by a double reversal. The quarry was 2/3 of a mile to the north. [54][55]
Alves Railway Station opened in 1858 and closed in 1965. The line through the station was later singled. This was the junction station for the branchline to Burghead and Hopeman. [56]
The same location today. [56]
A view west through Alves Station site in 2017 towards Inverness, © Nigel Thompson and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [57]

After Alves Station it was only a short distance to the junction for the Burghead & Hopeman Branch. The line then continued on to Kinloss.

The 25″ Ordnance Survey shows the junction with the HR’s Burghead & Hopeman Branch and the adjacent roads and bridge at around the turn of the 20th century. [58]
The same location in the 21st century. The road has been realigned. The route of both railway lines are still easily made out! [58]
The old road bridge still crosses the railway adjacent to the newer A96 road bridge. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Looking West along the line from the A96. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Kinloss Railway Station opened on 25th March 1858 by the Inverness and Aberdeen Junction Railway. It was re-sited on 18th April 1860, to the east, but it was moved back to its original location in May 1904. It closed to passengers on 3rd May 1965nand completely on 7th November 1966. [59][60]
The same area in the 21st century. [59]
Kinloss Railway Station in the 21st century, looking East from the level-crossing. [Google Streetview, May 2023]
Looking West from the level-crossing at Kinloss Station site. [Google Streetview, May 2023]

After leaving Kinloss trains for Inverness next ran into Forres Railway Station. Over the years the railway infrastructure at Forres has seen significant changes.

In 1858, the first railway station at Forres was located at the end of Market Street which became known as Old Station Road. The station building was demolished in the 1950s. It had been used as the stationmaster’s house since the junction opened.

A route to the South from Inverness was finally completed in 1863. It met the line running between Elgin and Inverness at Forres. Forres was chosen as the junction for the new mainline south, since it was the half-way point on the Inverness & Aberdeen Junction Railway between Inverness and Keith. Keith was also an important railway junction and the point where the line joined the GNSR and branches to the coast and Strathspey. [62]

A new ‘triangular’ station wastl constructed to allow all trains entering Forres, from either the East or West, to access the new line directly on a curve. The three curved platforms, and three junctions, gave the new Forres station its distinctive layout. [62]

The location of the new station was south-west of the existing Inverness-Aberdeen line. The original line was retained as a goods loop, with trains now leaving and re-joining the line (east-west) on a curve. Services from Inverness to Perth curved to the south on a junction at the west of the station, to arrive at the southbound platforms. [62]

Three individual signal boxes controlled the junctions at each point of the triangle: Forres East, Forres West, and Forres South. [62]

This extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1868, published in 1870 shows the location of the original railway station at Forres which was at the end of Old Station Road in the centre of this extract. [63]
This wider extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1904, published 1905, shows the full station site at Forres with the old line in use as a goods loop and the main line diverted to the South to accommodate a triangular junction station. As can be seen there were private sidings serving local industry (particularly Waterford Mills and the North of Scotland Chemical Works), a significant goods yard, locomotive depot and a triangular junction with the station at the Northwest apex of the traingle. [64]
The same area in the 21st century as it appears on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [64]
Forres Station in 1898, seen from the South, © Public Domain. [66]

The station building was replaced in the mid-1950s by a red brick building. [62]

The 1950s brick built station building at Forres, © Walter Dendy and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [62]

The closure of the link to the South from Forres occurred as part of the cuts following the Beeching Report in the 1960s. Further remodelling of the whole area took place in the 21st century. This saw much of the existing infrastructure removed and a new functional station built by 2017. [62]

The new station facilities at Forres, looking Northeast towards Kinloss and Elgin, © Nigel Thompson and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [65]

West of Forres, the line crossed the River Findhorn, and just prior to Bridie Station bridged the Muckle Burn.

. [67]
. [67]
Findhorn Viaduct early in 2025, © Joseph Snitch. [68]
The line bridged Muckle Burn before entering Brodie Railway Station. The station was opened in 1857 by the Inverness and Aberdeen Junction Railway. It was closed to both passengers and goods traffic by 1965. [69][71]
The same area in the 21st century. [69]
The railway bridge over Muckle Burn, seen from the North. [Google Streetview, June 2023]
Looking East in 1977 through Brodie Station after the closure of the station and the removal of the platforms, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [70]
Looking East from the level-crossing at Brodie into the old station site in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, June 2023]
Looking West towards Inverness at the level-crossing at Brodie. [Google Streetview, June 2023]

West of Bodies the line ran on through Auldearn Station, bridged the River Nairn and entered Nairn Railway Station.

Auldearn Railway Station on the 35″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. It opened on 9th December 1895 and was closed by 6th June 1960. [72]
The site in the 21st century – all evidence of the station has disappeared. [72]
Looking West from the overbridge at the East end of the site of Auldearn Railway Station. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The bridge over the River Nairn as it appears on the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [73]
The same location in the 21st century. [73]
Nairn Railway Bridge. This image is embedded from the ICE Image Library, © Institution of Civil Engineers, Mitchell, J.: Photographs of works on the Highland Railway, 1865 1865MITPWH. [74]
Nairn Railway Station as shown on the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [75]
The same location in the 21st century. [75]

Nairn Railway Station opened on 7th November 1855. In 1885, the Highland Railway Company agreed to improve the facilities at Nairn. The station buildings were replaced with improved accommodation for passenger and staff. The gables of the cross wings were surmounted with the Scotch thistle, the Prince of Wales feather, and other designs sculpted in stone. The masonry work was completed by Mr. Squair of Nairn. At the same time a new station master’s house was erected. The platforms were extended to around 440 yards (400 m) and raised in height to the level of the carriages. A new iron foot bridge over the line connected the platforms, avoiding passengers using a foot crossing over the running lines. The bridge over Cawdor Road was also widened at the same time. The work was completed in 1886. [76]

Nairn Railway Station in 2013, © Edgepedia and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [76]

Heading Southwest out of Nairn trains passed through Gollanfield Junction Station which served the short Fort George Branch.

Gollanfield Station as it appeared on the Landranger OS map prior to closure. [79]
Gollanfield Junction Railway Station opened in 1855 by the Inverness and Nairn Railway, it was initially named Fort George after the military base nearby. In July 1899, the Highland Railway opened a direct branch to Fort George (which was actually sited in the village of Ardersier). With the opening of the branch, the station was renamed Gollanfield Junction. Passenger services on the branch were withdrawn in 1943 and it closed to all traffic in August 1958. The following year, the station was renamed Gollanfield by British Railways. [77][78]
The same location in the 21st century. Goods traffic at the station ceased in May 1964 and it was closed to passenger traffic on 3rd May 1965. Most of the buildings were subsequently demolished after closure, but the station house remains standing and is used as a private residence. [77][78]
Looking East from the road bridge which used to span Gollanfield Railway Station, [Google Streetview, August 2021]
Looking West from the road bridge which used to span Gollanfield Railway Station, [Google Streetview, August 2021]

Further details of Gollanfield Railway Station and photographs can be found here. [79]

The next stop on the line was at its terminus at Inverness.

The railway layout at Inverness showing the locations of the Highland Railway’s workshops, goods yard and engine shed. [17: p34] “The existing terminus at Inverness was not adapted for conversion to a through station, as it faced south, with a frontage in Academy Street, whereas the new line approached the city from the west. It was therefore decided to enlarge the station by the provision of extra terminal platforms on the west side to accommodate the Rossshire trains. The two railways diverged immediately beyond the station, passing on either side of the locomotive shops. … The third side of the triangle, providing physical connection from east to west, was formed by part of the harbour branch. This line subsequently became known as the Rose Street curve. … Although further additions were made to the station from time to time, until there were four platforms in the southern section and three in the northern, the layout remained practically unaltered. The somewhat unusual arrangement of lines proved convenient as, apart from a few through coaches, Inverness was the terminus of all trains arriving. To facilitate the interchange of passengers, it became the practice to send trains from the south via the Rose Street curve, whence they were reversed into the northern part of the station. A similar procedure was adopted with arrivals from the north, but trains from the Keith line usually ran direct to a platform in the southern section.” [17: p32]
Inverness Railway Station (bottom-left), Engine shed (centre) and Lochgorm Works as they appear on the 25″Ordnance Survey of 1903. [80]
The same area in the 21st century. [80]
The Eastern approach to Inverness Railway Station in 1935. The roundhouse and its entrance gateway (known as Marble Arch and which contained a large water tank) is on the right. It was built in 1863 and survived into the 1960s. There are an impressive number of goods wagons visible in this image, © Public Domain (D. C. Thomson). [81]
This photograph was probably taken in the 1950s. It also shows the Eastern approach to Inverness Railway Station but includes an aerial view of the train sheds of the passenger station, © Public Domain (D. C. Thomson). [81]
The station frontage in the 1950s, © Public Domain (D. C. Thomson). [81]

The second in this series about the Highland Railway’s main lines can be found here. [82]

References

  1. Brian Stephenson (ed.); The Highland Railway; Trains Illustrated No. 18, Ian Allan, Shepperton, London, 1976.
  2. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=14.6&lat=57.55094&lon=-2.96408&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  3. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/03/23/the-highland-railways-strathpeffer-branch
  4. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/04/01/the-highland-railways-fortrose-or-black-isle-branch
  5. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Buckie_and_Portessie_Branch, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  6. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Highland_Railway, accessed on 18th April 2025.
  7. http://gnsra.org.uk/keith%20junction%20station.htm, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  8. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Map_of_Highland_Railway_1920.jpg, accessed on 18th April 2025.
  9. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2546002, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  10. J. W. P. Rowledge; The 4-4-0 Locomotives of the Glasgow & South Western and Highland Railways; in Brian Stephenson (ed.) Locomotives Illustrated No 117, January-February 1998, Ian Allan, Berkhamsted, Herts, 1997.
  11. https://www.geograph.org.uk/showmap.php?gridref=NJ42935091, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  12. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.9&lat=57.54458&lon=-3.07713&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed
  13. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.54387&lon=-3.07662&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 27th April
  14. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:GNoSR_Aberdeen_to_Inverness.svg, accessed on 21st April 2025.
  15. G. D. Daniels, Leslie A. Dench; Passengers No More (2nd ed.). Shepperton: Ian Allan. p47. 1973.
  16. Chris Holme; Dyce first stop in new rail era; Evening Express, 15th September 1984, p19.
  17. H. A. Vallance; The Highland Railway (2nd. Ed.); David & Charles, Dawlish, and Macdonald, London, 1963, (First edition published in 1938).
  18. https://maps.nls.uk/view/74480516, accessed on 25th April 2025.
  19. https://maps.nls.uk/view/74480514, accessed on 25th April 2025.
  20. https://maps.nls.uk/view/248608948, accessed on 25th April 2025.
  21. https://maps.nls.uk/view/74480225, accessed on 25th April 2025.
  22. https://maps.nls.uk/view/190683282, accessed on 25th April 2025.
  23. https://maps.nls.uk/view/190683276, accessed on 25th April 2025.
  24. https://maps.nls.uk/view/74479805, accessed on 25th April 2025.
  25. https://maps.nls.uk/view/190683711, accessed on 25th April 2025.
  26. https://maps.nls.uk/view/190683768, accessed on 25th April 2025.
  27. https://maps.nls.uk/view/74480234, accessed on 26th April 2025.
  28. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Alford_Valley_Railway, accessed on 26th April 2025.
  29. https://maps.nls.uk/view/74480097, accessed on 26th April 2025.
  30. https://maps.nls.uk/view/74480096, accessed on 26th April 2025.
  31. https://maps.nls.uk/view/74480033, accessed on 26th April 2025.
  32. https://maps.nls.uk/view/74477535, accessed on 26th April 2025.
  33. https://maps.nls.uk/view/74479846, accessed on 26th April 2025.
  34. https://maps.nls.uk/view/190683042, accessed on 26th April 2025.
  35. https://maps.nls.uk/view/75066751, accessed on 26th April 2025.
  36. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grange_railway_station_(Scotland), accessed on 26th April 2025.
  37. https://maps.nls.uk/view/190684458, accessed on 26th April 2025.
  38. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keith_railway_station, accessed on 26th April 2025.
  39. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keith_and_Dufftown_Railway_(GNoSR), accessed on 26th April 2025.
  40. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.2&lat=57.55620&lon=-3.14511&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  41. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=57.56045&lon=-3.15156&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=6, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  42. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.60987&lon=-3.16691&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  43. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Orbliston_Junction_railway_station, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  44. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27821, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  45. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.63393&lon=-3.22157&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=95, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  46. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27721, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  47. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lhanbryde_railway_station, accessed on n 27th April 2025.
  48. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.2&lat=57.64505&lon=-3.30449&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=94, accessed on 28th April 2025.
  49. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.6&lat=57.64328&lon=-3.31224&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 28th April 2025.
  50. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=57.64227&lon=-3.34152&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=98, accessed on 27th April 2025.
  51. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elgin_railway_station, accessed on 28th April 2025.
  52. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=57.64252&lon=-3.39367&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=98, accessed on 28th April 2025.
  53. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mosstowie_railway_station, accessed on 28th April 2025.
  54. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=57.64365&lon=-3.40333&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=98, accessed on 28th April 2025.
  55. https://www.railscot.co.uk/locations/N/Newton_Quarry_Siding_Signal_Box, accessed on 28th April 2025.
  56. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=57.63891&lon=-3.45161&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=98, accessed on 28th April 2025.
  57. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5406067, accessed on 28th April 2025.
  58. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.6&lat=57.63807&lon=-3.46346&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=97, accessed on 28th April 2025.
  59. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.5&lat=57.63241&lon=-3.55645&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 28th April 2025
  60. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kinloss_railway_station, accessed on 29th April 2025.
  61. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.5&lat=57.61125&lon=-3.62434&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 29th April 2025.
  62. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Forres_railway_station, accessed on 29th April 2025.
  63. https://maps.nls.uk/view/190684941, accessed on 29th April 2025.
  64. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.5&lat=57.61125&lon=-3.62434&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 29th April 2025.
  65. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6260345, accessed on 29th April 2025.
  66. https://davaway.org.uk/railway-history, accessed on 29th April 2025.
  67. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.60784&lon=-3.64132&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 29th April 2025.
  68. https://maps.app.goo.gl/L5VcbFREYZCi7p8JA?g_st=ac, accessed on 29th April 2025.
  69. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.59398&lon=-3.70952&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=98, accessed on 29th April 2025.
  70. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1917711, accessed on 30th April 2025.
  71. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brodie_railway_station, accessed on 30th April 2025
  72. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.59007&lon=-3.81077&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 30th April 2025.
  73. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.58268&lon=-3.86462&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 30th April 2025.
  74. https://www.ice-imagelibrary.com/image/951/nairn-viaduct-highland-railway, accessed on 30th April 2025.
  75. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.9&lat=57.58052&lon=-3.87295&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 30th April 2025.
  76. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nairn_railway_station, accessed on 30th April 2025.
  77. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.7&lat=57.55161&lon=-4.01035&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  78. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gollanfield_Junction_railway_station, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  79. http://www.disused-stations.org.uk/g/gollanfield/index.shtml, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  80. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.7&lat=57.48162&lon=-4.21859&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  81. https://www.pressandjournal.co.uk/fp/past-times/6643614/archive-photos-of-inverness-station, accessed on 1st May 2025.
  82. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2025/06/28/the-highland-railway-part-2/

The Killin Railway

Back in November 2000, Michael S. Elton wrote about the Killin Branch in BackTrack magazine. The featured image for this article is the front cover of the November 2000 (Volume 14 No. 11) issue of the magazine. It depicts ex-Caledonian Railway Class 439 0-4-4T No. 55222 shunting at Killin on 4th September 1958, © Derek Penny. [1]

At first glance appearing to be no more than an offshoot of the picturesque and spectacular Callander & Oban Railway, the Killin Railway was a wholly independent company in its own right for the first 37 years of its working life. The Killin Railway Company endured for almost all of its independent years under the patronage of one of Scotland’s wealthiest men. The local people promoted the village railway company in 1881 and the line was run under their management from its official opening on 13th March 1886 until its independence was reluctantly conceded to the LMS from 1st June 1923. In absorbing the Killin Railway Company the LMS accepted some £12,000 of debt accumulated over the years of its independence and paid the remaining shareholders just 8% of the face value of their original investment, in full settlement of the enforced transaction. During the years of independence and before they were absorbed into the LMS, the train services of both the Killin and the adjacent Callander & Oban Companies were worked by the Caledonian Railway Company as integral parts of its system.” [1: p624-625]

Ex-Caledonian Railways 0-4-4T No. 55195 preparing to leave Killin Junction for Killin with a single-coach train, © Unknown. [34]

Gavin Campbell, the Marquis of Breadalbane & Holland held 438,558 acres of land in his estates in Argyllshire and Perthshire, spread across much of central Scotland. He was the prime mover in the development of the branch line to Killin Village.

Wikipedia tells us that “On 1st June 1870, the Callander and Oban Railway opened the first portion of its line. Shortage of cash meant that the original intention of linking Oban to the railway network was to be deferred for now. The line opened from the former Dunblane, Doune and Callander Railway at Callander to a station named Killin, but it was at Glenoglehead, high above the town and three miles (5 km) distant down a steep and rugged track.” [2][3]

The difficult local terrain prevented any question of the line to Oban passing through Killin, and local people were for the time being happy enough that they had a railway connection of a sort; indeed tourist trade was brought into the town. The Callander and Oban Railway had in fact been absorbed by the Caledonian Railway but continued to be managed semi-autonomously. The Caledonian was a far larger concern that had money problems, and priorities, elsewhere. Nevertheless, as time went on, extension of the first line to Oban was resumed in stages, and finally completed on 30th June 1880.” [2]

Elton tells us that, “At the time that the story of the village railway began, Killin was a remote rural community that had for many years relied for its prosperity on providing a market place for the produce of the Highland farmers from the surrounding lands. Those farmers were largely tenants of the Marquis and although there is no doubt that he had their well-being in mind as well as that of the villagers of Killin, the commercial possibilities were also under his consideration when he moved the promotion of the village railway and concurrently founded the Loch Tay Steamboat Company. The village of Killin also served as a convenient overnight stop for animal drovers and their herds consisting predominantly of sheep. Situated near the lower, western, end of Loch Tay, a number of ancient overland paths met naturally near the village.” [1: p625-626]

The traditional commerce of Killin had been seriously eroded when, in 1870, the Callander & Oban Railway had reached the head of Glen Ogle. … The C&O was able to offer to the traditional customers of Killin a more direct access to the great livestock markets of southern Scotland. The station at the head of Glen Ogle, given the name Killin, was the northern terminal of the C&O from 1st June 1870 until August 1873. On that date the line was extended for seventeen miles to a temporary terminal at Tyndrum. From Tyndrum the C&O line eventually reached Oban, being ceremonially opened to that place on 30th June 1880. Prior to that, the Highland Railway Company had built a branch line, from its Perth-Inverness main line at Ballinuig, to Aberfeldy and this line also attracted livestock trade away from Killin. It was at one time believed locally that the branch line would be extended from Aberfeldy to Kenmore and perhaps on to Killin itself but this was never seriously considered by the Highland Company. Nevertheless, as built, the branch line gave better and cheaper access to the immense markets of Perth and Edinburgh and attracted traffic from the C&O terminal at Glenlochhead.” [1: p626]

The people of Killin petitioned the Callander and Oban company for a branch line, but this was refused, and when the Caledonian Railway itself was persuaded to obtain Parliamentary authority to build the branch, the Bill failed in Parliament.” [2]

Under the leadership of the Marquis of Breadalbane, the people of Killin decided to build a railway themselves. “The first meeting of the local railway took place on 19th August 1882, in Killin. Making a branch to join the Callander and Oban [Railway (C&O)] at its “Killin” station would involve an impossibly steep gradient, but a line was planned to meet the C&O further west and at a lower altitude. Even so, the branch would be four miles (6.4 km) long with a gradient of 1 in 50. It could be built for about £18,000. At the Killin end, the line would be extended to a pier on Loch Tay, serving the steamer excursion traffic on the loch.” [2][4][5]

The Killin Railway, © Afterbrunel and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0)

Elton tells us that before the 19th August 1882 meeting took place, the Marquis of Breadalbane “sought the advice of civil engineer John Strain. In 1877 Strain had successfully undertaken to survey and engineer the last section of the C&O. This 24 miles of railway, from Dalmally to Oban, had presented him with many difficulties. Following Strain’s recommendation Breadalbane explained to the villagers at the meeting that the proposed new line would branch from a junction on the C&O some 2½ miles down the line from the existing Killin station at the head of Glen Ogle. A new station would be placed within the village itself and the line would be extended 1 miles to a station on the shore of Loch Tay. A pier for berthing the steamships plying the loch was to be built with facilities for handling passengers, live-stock and general cargo, adjacent to the Loch Tay station. The Marquis had formed the Loch Tay Steamboat Company, whose steamships and those of succeeding companies would serve on the loch until 1939.”

The ruling gradient of the proposed new line would be a demanding 1 in 50. John Strain had estimated the cost of building the line at £18,000 (£3,428 per mile). Detailed forecasts of the potential traffic indicated that only a modest income could be expected for distribution to shareholders (£365 per annum). The Marquis “invited those attending the meeting to invest in the railway, adding that he would match pound for pound the money raised. … In the three weeks after the initial meeting no more than £370 was subscribed to the funds of the new company. Mr. A. R. Robertson, who had been appointed Company Secretary, estimated that the total potential investment from the area was unlikely to exceed £4,000. This figure assumed the most strenuous of canvassing and included the promise of £1,000 from Sir Donald Currie, a resident of Aberfeldy. Mr. Robertson, as the manager of the Killin branch of the Bank of Scotland, was in a unique position to assess the probable local investment.” [1: 627]

There was a clear local determination to bring the scheme to fruition. In kind commitments were made locally in exchange for shares in the new line. The Marquis “donated all of the required land and sleepers for the track whilst the Caledonian and C&O Companies supplied the rails, all in return for shares in the village company. The C&O Company itself bought 1,200 shares and that encouraged many smaller investors. The Caledonian Railway arranged to work the line for the first three years for 55% of the receipts but stipulated that the annual turnover should not be less than £2,377. There was not one objector to the scheme and the potentially ruinous promotion of a Parliamentary Bill was thus avoided. Instead, only a Board of Trade Certificate for the construction was required and that was received on 8th August 1883. Prior to that the embryonic Killin Railway Company had already sought tenders to construct the line. The board of directors consisting of Lord Breadalbane himself, Charles Stewart, Sir Donald Currie, John Willison and Col. John Sutherland obtained nine quotations in all. These ranged from the highest at £22,442 6s 3d down to one of £13,783 8s Od, quoted by Messrs. Α.& K. MacDonald of Skye. The company secretary, who had no profound knowledge of railways, calculated that if the directors accepted the lowest tender, the total cost of getting the line into full working condition would be £28,552. The total assets available to the company at that point in time, having exhausted all sources and allowing for borrowings of £5,200, had reached an impressive £20,801. John Strain was again consulted and advised that the line could not be built for anything like the price of the lowest tender. Nevertheless, the temptation of saving such capital was too great and the MacDonalds’ tender was accepted by the village board.” [1: p627]

Inevitably, work on the project gradually fell behind and ultimately the MacDonald’s contract had to be terminated. The work was passed to John Best, of Glasgow. “Towards the end of February 1885, Strain reported that 73% of the earthworks and 84% of the culverts, creeps and bridgework had been completed.” [1: p628] The Board of Trade inspection eventually took place in early 1886 and the ceremonial opening took place on 13th March 1886. Public services on the line commenced on 1st April 1886.

The Killin Branch timetable as carried by the Oban Times and Argyllshire Advertiser Saturday 12 January 1889, © Public Domain. [2]

The Line

Looking at the branch, we start at the junction station. …

Killin Junction Station, circa 1958: the ‘push-and-pull’ set which operated the short branch from Killin Junction down to the town of Killin on the shores of Loch Tay, © Flying Stag and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0). [6]

The junction station on the C&O was half-a-mile from the nearest road and was far more complex than required. The station was of substantial proportions. “A single and an island platform provided three faces, two of which served the up and down lines of the C&O respectively. The remaining face … was kept exclusively for the use of the village line train. Two sidings and a crossover system were installed on the village line side. A passenger overbridge was built in 1908, while two cottages for station staff and a goods shed completed the facilities. The station complex was controlled by two signal boxes containing a total of 48 levers, 22 in the West box and 26 in the East. The junction station was set on a gradient of 1 in 138, at an elevation of about 800ft above sea level.” [1: p630]

Elton’s date for the construction of the footbridge is called into question by the OS Map extract below which was surveyed in 1899 and shows a foot bridge already in place at that time.

25″ Ordnance Survey plan of 1899, published 1900, of Killin Junction Station. [7]
Killin Junction Railway Station, looking Southwest from the footbridge in June 1962. The Type 2 diesel is heading a service from Oban either to Edinburgh or Glasgow. The adjacent platform served the branch to Killin. It looks like the the loco has uncoupled from the branch train to run round to form the next train to Killin. By this time the train was powered by B.R. Standard class 4 tanks hardly taxing for these locomotives as the train often had a single coach. Occasionally mixed trains ran but passenger numbers were very low but even the main line was lost so virtually nothing in the picture remains, © Unknown, the photograph was shared by Alan Young on Facebook on the 22nd October 2023. [8]
Looking Northeast from the island platform at Killin Junction, © Unknown. [9]
Killin Junction Railway Station looking Northeast towards the East box which sat between the branch and the mainline, © Unknown. [9]
Killin Junction Railway Station looking Southwest, © Unknown. [9]
Looking Northeast of a snowy day, an enthusiasts special is on the mainline with the Killin Pug sitting in the branch platform, © Unknown. [9]
The island platform building looking Northeast, © Unknown. [9]
The branch train shunting at Killin Junction Station in the early 1960s before the 2-6-4T locomotives arrived on the branch in 1962. Unusually the branch train has strayed from its usual platform which was to the rear of the platform building seen on the left of this image, © Roger Joanes and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). [35]
Killin Junction Railway Station buildings, © Unknown. [62]
Drawings of the buildings at Killin Junction Railway Station, © Unknown. [62]
The two station buildings at Killin Junction are available in kit from from Pop Up Designs. [64]

In 1935, the West Signal Box at Killin Junction was closed and the East Signal Box took control of the whole station layout. On Saturday 22nd October 1938, “Lt. Col. Wilson (Ministry of Transport) reported that the West Junction box had been closed and the facing points at the southern end of the main crossing loop were now motor operated by primary battery from the East Junction box, with an auxiliary tablet instrument for the section to Luib provided on the Down platform. To provide connections at the south end of the station Branch platform, a new 9-lever ground frame was provided, electrically controlled from the East Junction box, and which also slotted the running signals which applied to movements into and out of the Branch platform at its south end. Such moves were relatively infrequent, although the Branch Platform line formed a convenient third loop for trains crossing. The platform was mainly used for the shuttle service on the Killin Branch, which was worked by a train staff and one engine in steam. On account of the long and steep downward gradient towards Killin, interlaced lines named “live” and “dead” roads were formerly provided, with facing points at both ends. Ascending trains used the left-hand interlaced line, in which there were self-acting catch points. These “live” and “dead” roads had now been removed. Shunting was prohibited along the branch unless the engine was at the lower end. A similar prohibition applied to the single line towards Luib, where the gradient also fell steeply. The signal arrangements were as on the plan, with three new track circuits, separately indicated in the East Junction box, which had a frame of 28 levers, all in use with correct locking and control.” [66]

The East Signal Box at Killin Junction Station in a poor condition after closure of the branch and the main line, © Unknown. [41]
The East Signal Box at Killin Junction Station, © Unknown. [42]
Further drawings on the East Signal Box at Killin Junction, © Unknown. [42]

More photographs of the station can be found on Ernie’s Railway Archive on Flickr …. here, [10] here, [11] here, [12] here, [13] here, [14] here, [15] here, [16] and here. [17]

Looking Southwest at Killin Junction Station, 1965, Taken just a few weeks before the closure of both the through line and the branch, © Alan Murray-Rust and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [22]
The signalling diagram for Killin Junction Station as of 1950, © Simon Lowe and used with his kind permission. [66]
The East box and the branch to Killin in the last years of the line, © Unknown. The image was posted on RMWeb by Argos on 9th October 2018. [18]

In the image above, the Callander and Oban Railway is on the right of the signal box, the Killin Branch is to the left of the box. The line down to Killin was steeply graded (1 in 50) down to the village.

The two lines ran in parallel for a short distance but increasingly at different altitudes. [19]
The same are as shown on the 21st century ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS. [19]

The branch continued heading Northeast towards Killin, passing to the North of Wester Lix and bridging a minor tributary of the River Dochart.

The line descended towards Killin, predominantly on embankment, passing to the North of Wester Lix and over a minor tributary of the River Dochart. [20]
Approximately the same area in the 21st century. [20]
The road passing under the railway on this extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey ran to Lochearnhead and beyond. The road exiting at the top of the map extract is that which led down to Killin village. [21]
The same area in the 21st century. [21]
Looking Southwest from the A85 at what was the location of the railway bridge over the road. Turning through 180 would have given a look along the line towards Killin but the public path left the line of the railway to meet the A85 at a point slightly to the South of the old bridge. [Google Streetview, June 2023]
A 4MT 2-6-4T crosses the bridge over the A85 on its way towards Killin Junction in the last years of the service on the branch. The short train is typical of this on the branch – a single brake coach, with at times, one or two wagons. This image was shared on the RMWeb online forum by Argos on 12th February 2019, © Unknown. [33]
Looking Northwest along the A85 from a very similar location to the photograph above, towards the location of the old railway bridge which was just beyond the present road sign. [Google Streetview, June 2023]
Looking Southeast along the A85 towards the location of the old railway bridge. The bridge sat just to the near side of the sign facing away from the camera on the right side of the road. [Google Streetview, June 2023]

To the Northeast of the main road the railway remained predominantly on embankment. A cattle creep sat a few hundred metres Northeast of the road bridge. It can be seen in the top right of the last OS Map extract. The next significant structure carried the line over the Allt Lairig Cheile, another tributary of the River Dochart.

This next extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1899, published in 1900 includes the over the bridge over Allt Lairig Cheile, bottom left, and above it a small infectious diseases hospital. In the top-right corner of this extract was the next significant structure on the branch line which spanned Allt na Lice another tributary of the River Dochart. [23]
A very similar area in the 21st century, as it appears on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [23]

The large building which appears on the satellite image above is Acharn Biomass.

This picture of Acharn Biomass’ site was taken by Coconut Island Drones in November 2024. [24]

Acharn Biomass Plant is an electricity production plant owned by Northern Energy Developments. It has a 5.6 MW capacity. [25]

Looking Southwest in 2014 along the old railway route from a point about 500 metres Northeast of the bridge over what became the A85, © Jim Barton and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [37]

A short distance Northeast along the line, a pair of sidings were provided at Acharn. This Acharn is not to be confused with a hamlet of the same name on the south shore of Loch Tay towards its East end. That Acharn is a hamlet in the Kenmore parish of the Scottish council area of Perth and Kinross. It is situated on the south shore of Loch Tay close to its eastern end. The hamlet was built in the early 19th century to house workers from the surrounding estates. [27]

This Acharn is adjacent to Acharn Forest. Most of the forest is a mixed conifer plantation with pockets of broad-leaved woodland and open moorland. [28] The sidings at Acharn served the farm and were situated on the north side of the single line, they opened with the Killin Railway in 1886. The sidings ground frame was released by the branch train staff. Owing to the gradient, the sidings were only worked by Down direction trains. They were removed in 1964. Colonel Marindin (Board of Trade – 12th February 1886) noted in his inspection of the Killin Branch, that there were no main line signals at the location of the Sidings. [30]

The line ran immediately adjacent to the Acharn Estate Farm buildings and the provision of sidings made sense for delivery of coal and the carriage of farm goods to and from the farm. [26]
The same location in the 21st century. [26]
An aerial view of the Acharn Estate Lodges and House, seen from the North. [29]
Looking Northeast along the line of the old railway near to Acharn, © Richard Webb and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [40]

The line continued to run Northeast on a 1 to 50 grade passing under an accommodation bridge as the village approached.

Approaching Killin, the gradient on the line began to slacken and for a while it was in cutting, being crossed by an accommodation bridge before itself spanning a steam at the back of cottages on Gray Street. [31]
aA similar area as it appears on the modern ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [31]
Looking Southwest in 2014 along the old Killin Railway close to Killin village. The old accommodation bridge shown on the Ordnance Survey of 1899 still bridges the route of the railway, © Jim Barton and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [45]
Looking Northeast along Gray Street (A827) towards Killin. The cottages shown on the Ordnance Survey of 1899 have been replaced by more modern dwellings and the road has been widened. [Google Streetview, June 2023]
Close to the Falls of Dochart , the road, Gray Street, crossed the River Dochart. The railway remained on the Southeast bank of the river for a short distance further. It crossed a side road (now part of National Cycle Route No. 7) and a stream culverted under the line. [32]
A similar area in the 21st century. [32]
The bridge carrying the old railway over what is now National Cycle Route No. 7, seen from the Northwest. [Google Streetview, May 2022]
The old railway bridged the River Dochart by means of a concrete viaduct which is still standing in 21st century and carries a footpath over the river. The line then ran up the East side of Killin village towards the station. [67]
A similar length of the old railway in the 21st century. [67]
Dochart Viaduct crossed the River Dochart to the East of the village of Killin, it remains in place, and is walkable but disused. It comprises five concrete arches on masonry piers, topped with castellations. This image was shared on Facebook by the Callander Heritage Society on 9th January 2025, © Unknown. [44]
The railway viaduct spanning the River Dochart at Killin seen from the West in 2008, © Iain Lees and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [46]
The track bed of the old railway: facing South close to the village of Killin, just to the North of the bridge over the River Dochart. This photograph was taken in April 2017, © Richard Webb and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [47]
Facing North at approximately the same location, between the River Dochart Bridge and the River Lochay Bridge, just to the South of the location of Killin Railway Station, © Richard Webb and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [48]
The environs of the Railway Station at Killin. The bridge to the North of the station site spans the River Lochay and still carries a footpath in the 21st century. [68]
A similar length of the line in the 21st century. [68]

Elton describes the station at Killin: “three sidings were provided for the expected livestock and freight traffic and we’re controlled by a ground frame. The station buildings were of a simple nature (as they were at Loch Tay) and the station itself was set on a gradient of 1 in 317. Two cottages were provided in the village for railway staff.” [1: p630]

a tighter focus on the location of Killin Station. Three sidings were provided with the yard entered from the North. In the last few years of the life of the railway and Camping Coach was placed (by BR) on the siding closest to the main line. [68]
The same are in the 21st century. [68]
Killin Railway Station looking towards Loch Tay with a BR Standard 4MT preparing to depart for Killin Junction with a one-coach train. This image was shared on Facebook by the Callander Heritage Centre on 28th January 2025. Note the basic nature of the passenger provision at the station, © Unknown. [53]
A very similar view, this time with ex-Caledonian 0-4-4T Locomotive No. 55263 awaiting departure for its short uphill journey to Killin Junction, (c) Unknown. [36]
Photographs of Killin Railway Station carried by a modelling magazine, (c) Unknown. [38]
Low resolution drawing of Killin Railway Station, (c) Unknown. [39]
Killin Railway Station is available in kit form from Pop Up Designs. [65]
Looking North towards the River Lochay Railway Bridge, alongside the car park on the site of what was Killin Railway Station, © Richard Webb and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [49]

A camping coach was positioned here by the Scottish Region from 1961 to 1963. [64]

Elton continues: “The line extended a further 1.25 miles to a single platform at Loch Tay. A branch a little before Loch Tay station extended on a sharp curve along the pier that served the steamers.” [1: p630]

The Killin Branch Railway Bridge over the River Lochay, seen from the East in 2008, © Iain Lees and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [50]
The track bed of the old railway: facing North close to the village of Killin, on the bridge over the River Lochay. This photograph was taken in April 2017, © Richard Webb and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [51]
Looking South in November 2009 along the line of the railway from a point a few hundred metres North of the River Lochay Railway Bridge, © Eleanor Miller and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [52]
The line turned to the Northeast after crossing the River Lochay. [69]
A similar length of the line as it appears on 21st century satellite imagery. [69]
The track bed of the old railway: as can be seen in the foreground there are still a few railway sleepers left in the track bed of the former Killin branch. This photograph was taken facing Southwest in the woodland close to the shore of Loch Tay in August 2008, © Philip Halling and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [54]
The line continued on a Northeasterly bearing as it headed towards Loch Tay Railway Station. [70]
A similar are in the 21st century with the old railway formation shrouded in trees. [70]

Again, Elton continues: “At Loch Tay was a small engine shed, with water and fuel facilities for the locomotive working the branch. Considering that one of the objectives in building the line was to recapture the lost livestock traffic, nothing was done to provide learage accommodation for farm animals at either the village or the junction stations. Naturally, this discomfited passengers using the line but in any case the way to the big livestock markets was many miles further over the C&O than from Aberfeldy and the animal traffic was never recovered to any great extent.” [1: p630]

Looking Southwest along pier Road, the railway formation is on the left. [Google Streetview, March 2010]
Looking Northeast on Pier Road with the railway formation on the right. [Google Streetview, March 2010]
Loch Tay Railway Station as shown on the 1899 25″ Ordnance Survey, published in 1900. This map extract shows the station, the sharply curved line extending out onto Killin Pier, the sawmill/timber yard, and, to the Northeast of the station, the engine shed which was kept open through to the closure of the branch in the 1960s. [59]
The same area in the 21st century with the pier line and the station line superimposed as black lines. [59]
A very early view over Loch Tay Railway Station, looking towards Killin. Rolling stock sits at the station platform while one of the two ‘Pus’ allocated to the line by the Caledonian Railway shunts Killin Pier, (c) Public Domain. [63]
The Station building at Loch Tay (c) Unknown. [60]
A low resolution copy of a drawing of Loch Tay Railway Station building, (c) Unknown. [60]
This image shows BR 2-6-4T Locomotive No. 80093 in steam at Loch Tay Engine Shed, (c) Unknown. [61]

Locomotives, Rolling Stock and Operation

The Killin Pug

Two 0-4-2ST locomotives were built specifically for the Killin Branch. This image was shared on Facebook by the Callander Heritage Centre on 23rd June 2024, © Public Domain. [55]

The Callander Heritage Centre writes of the locomotive above: “In 1885, Caley locomotive designer and engineer, Dugald Drummond, was commissioned to build a special small tank engine which could be used on the Killin branch. After much research into the line, its gradients, curves and so on he decided upon an 0-4-2 saddle tank type locomotive. The design was based on the popular 0-4-0 “Pug” tanks which were widely used for dockside and colliery work. Once the plans were prepared two such locomotives were built at the Caledonian Railways St Rollox locomotive works in Glasgow before being sent up to the branch. … With its tall, straight stovepipe chimney the little engine soon became known as the coffee pot amongst the local villagers who would often gather on the station platforms when the train was due just to marvel at its sheer size and power. It may have only been a small engine by comparison to the larger mainline giants, but to the people of Killin nothing could have beaten their blue pug.” [55]

Elton tells us that the original intention had been for 0-4-0ST locos to provide the motive power but Drummond quickly became convinced that 0-4-0 wheel arrangement would be inadequate. “The heavy grading of the line, together with the severe curve weight distribution essential on the Loch Tay pier, resulted in the two locomotives being given an 0-4-2ST wheel arrangement. The water and fuel capacities on the engines were increased to assist adhesion on the 1 in 50 ruling gradient and they were fitted with a Westinghouse braking system as an additional safety feature. Built at the Caley’s St. Rollox works, the engines carrying the numbers 262 and 263 – were of distinctive appearance and, in their Caley blue livery, became popular with the Killin villagers. They were known as the ‘Killin Pugs’ but were soon found to be unsuitable for working the village line, both being withdrawn from it as early as 1889. They were found work elsewhere on the Caley system, surviving the groupings and remaining in service almost into nationalisation.” [1: p631]

Thanks to Ben Alder for pointing me to The Model Railway News which carried an article about one of these locomotives written by J. N. Maskelyne in its July 1938 edition. The article was a result of a request made to the LMS for design details of the locomotives. The request resulted in delivery of four large blue prints and a copy of the small official weight-diagram, together with a letter in which regret was expressed that no general arrangement drawing of the engine could be found. The prints showed, respectively, the frames, the cab, the smokebox, and the saddle-tank: on carefully scrutinising these prints, Maskelyne concluded that “in all probability, no general arrangement drawing was ever made. [His conclusion was that] except for the items mentioned above, all the details on this engine were standard, or, at least, common to other types of engines and that the order for her construction was accompanied by a set of blue prints, similar to that which I had received, and a ‘Material List’, setting out all the details required, and referring to drawings already issued to the works.” [58: p184]

With the aid of the four blue prints, and a photograph, taken by Mr. J. E. Kite, Maskelyne produced general arrangement drawings for the locomotives.

Front Elevation of Ex-Caledonian LMS 0-4-2ST Locomotive, original number 253, LMS No. 15001. In 1938 the locomotive was stationed at Inverness for shunting duties.In Killin Branch days the locomotive was painted in the standard blue passenger locomotive colours of the Caledonian Railway. In 1938, the locomotive was painted in unlined black with LMS on the saddle tank and number ‘15001’ on the bunker sides. [58]
Elevation of the same locomotive. [58: p182]

Maskelyne notes that “the dimensions of this engine [were] very small; her coupled wheels [were] 3 ft. 8 in., and the trailing wheels, which [were] of “disc” type, [were] 3 ft. diameter. The boiler barrel [was] 10 ft. 9 in. long, and ha[d] a mean diameter of 3 ft. 8 in. it contain[ed] 138 tubes of 14 in. diameter, and [was] pitched with its centre-line 5 ft. 41 in. above rail level.” [1: p183]

The firebox inner shell [was] 3 ft. 6 in. square, and the grate area [was] 10.23 sq. ft. The heating surface of the tubes [was] 632 sq. ft., and that of the firebox [was] 52 sq. ft., making a total of 684 sq. ft. The working pressure [was] 140 lb. per sq. in. The cylinders ha[d] a diameter of 14 in. and a stroke of 20 in., and the tractive force [was] 10,600 lb. The saddle-tank [held] 800 gallons of water, the bunker 2.25 tons of coal. In working order, the weight [was] 31 tons 4 cwt. 2 qr., with 25 tons 17 cwt. available for adhesion, and the engine [would] take a minimum curve of 41 chains radius. The height of the top of the chimney [was] 10 ft. 10½ in. above rail level.” [58: p183-184]

It became necessary, after just a few months of operation to review the basis on which the C&O provided services on the line. It was abundantly clear after that time that the agreed minimum level of receipts (£2,377 per annum) would not be met. “A new working agreement with the Caledonian came into operation on 1st April 1888. The Caley undertook to work the Killin line at cost initially for a period of five years. Additionally, it agreed to contribute £525 pa towards the general running cost of the village line. In practice the Caledonian deducted the operating costs at source and sent the balance on to the Killin company.” [1: p631]

Late in the 1880s, “the ‘Pugs’ were replaced by altogether more powerful tank engines of 0-4-4T wheel configuration, again designed under Dugald Drummond. … Two were allocated for use on the Killin line and locomotives of this type and their subsequent developments provided most of the motive power on the village line until the 1950s.” [1: p631]

Caledonian 0-4-4T No. 55222 at Killin Railway Station on the 6th August 1957. This image was shared on Facebook by the Callander Heritage Centre on 28th February 2025, © W. J. B. Anderson? [56]

A view of sister locomotive 0-4-4T No. 55173 can be seen here, © Colin T. Gifford. [57]

In the 1950s, under BR ownership, the Caledonian 0-4-4Ts were replaced by a variety of different locomotives. Ultimately the standard service on the line was provided by standard BR 2-6-4T 4MT locomotives. This was possible because of the earlier closure of the line Northeast of Killin and there being no need to accept the limitations on weight and wheelbase demanded by the Loch Tay pier. Passenger accommodation on train services was provided by a single four compartment brake coach and services often ran as a mixed train with goods wagons attached to the single passenger-carrying vehicle.

The sponsorship of the short Killin Branch by The Marquis of Breadalbane protected the little line from the worst of the political winds affecting the railway world. He became ill while travelling to a Caledonian Railway board meeting. Elton tells us that he “died at the Central Hotel, Glasgow on 19th October 1922, at the age of 71. His nephew, Mr Iain Campbell, who succeeded to the title, was not disposed to regard the Killin village line as anything other than a financial liability. … The death of the Marquis left the management of the village company in the hands of the two remaining local directors, Messrs. Campbell Willison and Alan Cameron. They were fiercely determined to retain control of their line in the face of what they at first believed was a move to absorb the Killin village line by the Caledonian Company. Ultimately, they received the approach from an organisation, quite unknown to them, calling itself the London, Midland & Scottish Railway. They immediately adopted a defensive position, rejecting an offer which accepted all the accumulated debt of the village company and offered £1 in cash for every £100 of Killin Company stock. The audacity of this rejection, from such a minor outpost of its ‘shotgun’ empire, came as something of a surprise to the LMSR authorities. The villagers did not at first comprehend that an Act of Central Government would ultimately give them no choice in the matter. Nevertheless, after some negotiation the offer to the villagers was eventually raised to £8 per £100 of stock as well as taking on the £12,000 of debt. The Killin Railway Company ended as it had begun with a meeting in the Village Hall. This was held on 19th March 1923 and the takeover was enacted on the following 1st July, on which date the Caledonian and C&O Companies also came under the wing of the LMSR.” [1: p632]

Elton continues: “Under the regime of the LMS the Killin branch, as it now became, changed very little. However, in September 1939, immediately after the outbreak of World War II, the line between Killin Village and Loch Tay was closed to both passenger and freight traffic. The Loch Tay pier was dismantled and the remaining steamships were withdrawn at the same time. The line to Loch Tay remained in place as the engine shed and refuelling facility were used until the line closed. The Loch Tay section did enjoy a brief renaissance in 1950. A hydro-electric scheme was installed near to the site of the former Loch Tay station and the branch was heavily engaged in transporting the necessary materials to the development site.”

It is remarkable that the line, taken over a such a high cost by the LMS in 1923, was to provide its service to the village for a further 42 years in the face of improving roads and the rapid development of the motor vehicle. It’s fate was intimately tied to that of the line between Dunblane and Crianlarich Lower Railway Station. The closure of the main line was included in the ‘Beeching Plan’ published on 25th March 1963. Elton tells us that “The freight service between Killin Junction and the village station was withdrawn on 7th November 1964 in anticipation of the closure which was finally scheduled for 1st November 1965. It was perhaps an irony that an ‘Act of God’ preempted the plans of man. On 25th September 1965, an apparently minor rock fall occurred in Glen Ogle, blocking the ex-C&O main line. This resulted in the immediate cessation of all services on the route. On examination of the fall BR engineers found that it was of a much more serious nature than it had at first appeared. The estimated cost of repair was £30,000 and … was not considered a viable proposition.” [1: p632]

The last train on the Killin Branch ran on 27th September 1965. “The locomotive, BR 2-6-4T No.80093, gathered together the varied collection of rolling stock that had accumulated at the lower end of the line over the years. The massive locomotive needed two journeys from the village to Killin Junction to clear the stock, a motley collection consisting of three assorted passenger coaches and thirteen goods wagons. The conditions on the 1 in 50 climb out of the village were wet and greasy. Perhaps the miserable weather reflected the mood of the villagers on that now far-off day when they were deprived of the little railway that their forebears had fought so hard to win and retain over a period of 82 years.” [1: p632]

References

  1. Michael S. Elton; Killin Village Railway; in BackTrack Volume 14 No. 11, November 2000, p624-632.
  2. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Killin_Railway, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  3. David Ross; The Caledonian: Scotland’s Imperial Railway: A History; Stenlake Publishing Limited, Catrine, 2014.
  4. John Thomas; The Callander and Oban Railway; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1966.
  5. John Thomas and David Turnock; A Regional History of the Railways of Great Britain: Volume 15: North of Scotland; David & Charles (Publishers), Newton Abbot, 1989.
  6. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Killin_junction.jpg, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  7. https://maps.nls.uk/view/82898787, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  8. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=881310860182217&set=gm.24913618418225514&idorvanity=1730959503584733, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  9. https://railwaycottagekillin.co.uk/history, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  10. https://www.flickr.com/photos/irishswissernie/36765634322/in/album-72157688374962505, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  11. https://www.flickr.com/photos/irishswissernie/36765633912/in/album-72157688374962505, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  12. https://www.flickr.com/photos/irishswissernie/51151991311/in/album-72157688374962505, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  13. https://www.flickr.com/photos/irishswissernie/36765633442/in/album-72157688374962505, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  14. https://www.flickr.com/photos/irishswissernie/36765633072/in/album-72157688374962505, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  15. https://www.flickr.com/photos/irishswissernie/50757614576/in/album-72157688374962505, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  16. https://www.flickr.com/photos/irishswissernie/36765632732/in/album-72157688374962505, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  17. https://www.flickr.com/photos/irishswissernie/49723182187/in/album-72157688374962505, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  18. https://www.rmweb.co.uk/forums/topic/138231-killin-junction-the-elusive-west-signal-box, accessed on 8th April 2025.
  19. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=56.43045&lon=-4.37909&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  20. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.1&lat=56.43790&lon=-4.36066&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  21. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.1&lat=56.44083&lon=-4.35403&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  22. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6159307, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  23. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=56.44675&lon=-4.34211&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  24. https://www.google.com/maps/place/Acharn+Biomass/@56.4467962,-4.3440616,3a,75y,90t/data=!3m8!1e2!3m6!1sCIABIhAA3ireqT2awWec7WgAC3RN!2e10!3e12!6shttps:%2F%2Flh3.googleusercontent.com%2Fgps-cs-s%2FAB5caB_gZBCcctUfajP9C1PShfXrShtzJLdwpeOsN5NnWscNVXPGY2yohixMrpVBrMPxuS4R73cqo6mMRfK1TwnVClw1p0sWpHcyK37Id4qABDCu1Fno_7CprFdmS0Qt-7gT_Sy4bao0jlst3bCH%3Dw203-h114-k-no!7i4032!8i2268!4m7!3m6!1s0x4888e90045545cf5:0xec8877ceb2ee340a!8m2!3d56.4473109!4d-4.3447361!10e5!16s%2Fg%2F11y5vmqg8c?entry=ttu&g_ep=EgoyMDI1MDQwNi4wIKXMDSoJLDEwMjExNDUzSAFQAw%3D%3D#, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  25. https://electricityproduction.uk/plant/GBR2001109, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  26. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.0&lat=56.45294&lon=-4.33316&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  27. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acharn,_Perth_and_Kinross, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  28. https://www.lochlomond-trossachs.org/things-to-do/walking/short-moderate-walks/acharn-forest-killin/, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  29. https://www.onthemarket.com/details/13166199/#/photos/2, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  30. https://oban-line.info/an1.html, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  31. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=56.46066&lon=-4.32146&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  32. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=56.46291&lon=-4.31680&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  33. https://www.rmweb.co.uk/forums/topic/137795-modelling-the-co-the-callander-chronicles, accessed on 10th April 2025.
  34. This image was kindly shared with me by Ben Alder on 10th April 2025.
  35. https://www.flickr.com/photos/110691393@N07/36767993043, accessed on 10th April 2025.
  36. This image was kindly shared with me by Ben Alder on 10th April 2025.
  37. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/4241013, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  38. This image was kindly shared with me by Ben Alder on 10th April 2025.
  39. This image was kindly shared with me by Ben Alder on 10th April 2025.
  40. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2249512, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  41. This image was kindly shared with me by Ben Alder on 10th April 2025.
  42. This image was kindly shared with me by Ben Alder on 10th April 2025.
  43. Andrew McRae; British Railways Camping Coach Holidays: A Tour of Britain in the 1950s and 1960s; Scenes from the Past: No. 30 (Part Two), Foxline, 1998.
  44. https://www.facebook.com/photo/?fbid=1020015970165769&set=a.474445811389457, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  45. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/4240479, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  46. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/880535, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  47. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5675070, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  48. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5675076, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  49. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5674957, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  50. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/880519, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  51. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5674963, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  52. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1570678, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  53. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/16Ekjwganr, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  54. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/915441, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  55. https://www.facebook.com/100064721257334/posts/pfbid037KHUnCzTUJJsdWAyqYk6obQTBd42NXUFGKMsB5WE9c1UfLNKPmWiUeD1Ch2Ttb1nl/?app=fbl, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  56. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/18i6up6DE3, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  57. https://www.ssplprints.com/products/pod1036094, accessed on 9th April 2025.
  58. J. N. Maskelyne; Real Railway Topics; in The Model Railway News, July 1938, p181-184.
  59. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=56.48079&lon=-4.30085&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 11th April 2025.
  60. This image was kindly shared with me by Ben Alder on 10th April 2025.
  61. This image was kindly shared with me by Ben Alder on 10th April 2025.
  62. This image was kindly shared with me by Ben Alder on 10th April 2025.
  63. This image was kindly shared with me by Ben Alder on 10th April 2025.
  64. https://popupdesigns.co.uk/products/killin-junction, accessed on 11th April 2025.
  65. https://popupdesigns.co.uk/products/killin-station, accessed on 11th April 2025.
  66. https://www.oban-line.info/kj2.html, accessed on 11th April 2025.
  67. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=56.46690&lon=-4.31531&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 11th April 2025.
  68. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=56.47157&lon=-4.31514&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 11th April 2025.
  69. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=56.47656&lon=-4.30934&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 11th April 2025.
  70. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=56.47881&lon=-4.30494&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 11th April 2025.

King’s Cross and St. Pancras Railway Stations: Renaissance 1990 to 2025

In June 1990, The Railway Magazine issued a supplement entitled ‘King’s Cross Renaissance: The History, Development and Future of Two Great Stations’ by P. W. B. Semmens MA, CChem, FRSC, MBCS, MCIT.

Semmens introduces the supplement by highlighting first the 1846 ‘Royal Commission on Railway Termini Within or in the Immediate Vicinity of the Metropolis’ which recommended that “surface railways should remain towards the outskirts, and fixed a ring of roads around the city, beyond which they should not penetrate.” [1: p3]

The Midland Goods Sheds, Midland Road, St. Pancras & King’s Cross Passenger Stations as shown on the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1914, published 1916. [2]
The same area as it appears on the modern ESRI satellite imagery in March 2025. [2]
Camden/St. Pancras/King’s Cross as shown on ESRI World Topography provided by the National Library of Scotland (NLS). [3]

The next few images show these buildings from the air. …

King’s Cross Railway Station in 1932, seen from the North on Britain From Above Image No. EPW039585 © Historic England. [4]
St. Pancras Railway Station in 1932, seen from the North on Britain From Above Image No. EPW039585 © Historic England. [4]
The Midland Railway Goods Station in 1932, seen from the North on Britain From Above Image No. EPW039585 © Historic England. [4]
St. Pancras Station, on the left, and King’s Cross Station on the right, seen from the South. [30]
The same goods sheds seen from the South in 1947. The ornate St. Pancras Midland Hotel intrudes onto this extract from EAW006467 in the bottom-right, © Historic England. [5]
St. Pancras Midland Hotel and Railway Station in 1947, an extract from EAW006467, © Historic England. [5]
King’s Cross Railway Station, seen from the South in 1947. This is also an extract from EAW006467, © Historic England. [5]

By 1990, the main line railway still barely penetrated the central core of London “and only Thameslink crossed the built up area to provide a through route.” [1: p3] The impact of the Royal Commission was most obvious “in the North of the city, where five of our main line termini … situated in a virtually straight line along one major road, stretching from Paddington in the West to the twin stations of St. Pancras and King’s Cross five miles away to the East.” [1: p3] As a result passengers heading into the centre of London still have to change to other forms of transport even if limited subsurface onwards extensions were provided by three of the termini.

In the latter half of the 20th century, developments in service industries and improved electronic communication systems have allowed companies, which originally needed to be closely situated in the centre of the city, to look for alternative, better locations. “The railway termini, with their built-in transport facilities for staff, thus provide excellent sites at which to build new offices, and BR [was] extensively involved in many such developments, after its initial office plans for the new Euston had been thwarted by the government of the day. Some of the London termini, however, are of such outstanding architectural merit that it is not acceptable for them to be swept away and replaced by office blocks on top of improved station facilities for trains and customers. Notable among these are St. Pancras and King’s Cross, both Grade I listed buildings, whose proximity to each other makes them unique in London. (Broad Street was never really a main-line terminus, as its services were virtually all of a suburban nature.)” [1: p3]

In addition, “Extensive goods activities were also developed by the railways close to many of their London main-line termini. This was particularly apparent in the vicinity of King’s Cross and St. Pancras, where there were vast areas devoted to the vital job of keeping the country’s capital provisioned, fuelled, and even ‘mucked out’, as arrangements had to be made for the removal of refuse by rail.” [1: p3]

The Great Northern Railway’s “Goods Yard complex, designed by Lewis Cubitt, was completed in 1852. The complex comprised the Granary Building, the Train Assembly Shed, and the Eastern and Western Transit Sheds. The buildings were aligned to the axis of the Copenhagen tunnel through which the trains arrived from the north. … The Granary building was mainly used to store Lincolnshire wheat for London’s bakers, while the sheds were used to transfer freight from or to the rail carts. Off-loading from the rail carriages was made easier by cranes and turntables powered by horses and, from the 1840s, hydraulic power. … Loaded and unloaded carts were moved into the Train Assembly Shed and formed into trains for departure northwards. Stables were located under the loading platforms – some of these remain in the Western Transit Shed. … In the 1860s, offices were added on either side of the Granary to provide more clerical workspace. Dumb waiters were used to transport papers up and down and windows between the offices and sheds allowed traffic to be monitored.” [6]

The midland Railway Somers Town Depot to the West of St. Pancras Railway Station. The British Library now sits on this site, © National Railway Museum and licenced for reuse under an Open Government Licence. [11]

The Midland Railway’s Somers Town Depot sat adjacent to St. Pancras Station on the West side of Midland Road. The next two images give an idea of the detailed brickwork used on the boundary walls of the depot.

Detail of the wrought iron railings and brickwork in the vast Somers Town Goods Yard walls. [12]

Somers Town Depot was an ambitious two-deck goods yard that differed from neighbouring King’s Cross to the east in that the tracks and platforms were raised. “This enabled the tracks to traverse above the Regents Canal to the north and arrive at their terminus before the Euston Road at that high level (conversely, the Great Northern Railway tracks to Kings Cross passenger station tunnelled underneath the canal and stayed low).  Beneath, loading bays were envisioned – a logistics hub for triage, trade and distribution on to the horse-drawn road network. With its own independent hydraulic system, 20ton loaded railway wagons could be dropped to the lower level on lifts for unloading.” [12]

The technical design was accompanied by carefully developed aesthetical design work in order to – to compliment Sir George Gilbert Scott’s passenger terminus next door. “A vast decorative screen wall would contain and secure the goods depot – necessarily tall to both encompass the raised sidings within, and the perimeter access roadway around them, but essentially horizontal in format – emphasising the soaring vertical spires of The Midland Grand Hotel beyond.” [12]

The screen wall was 3250 feet or about three-quarters of a mile in length, 30 feet high and nearly 3 feet thick and surrounded the whole site. It required “about 8,000,000 bricks of a peculiarly small size, rising only 11 inches in four courses, which greatly improved the appearance of the work. It [was] faced with Leicestershire red brick, the inner portion being entirely of Staffordshire blue bricks, set in cement, no lime having been used in this or any other work on the depot. …  The elevation on the Euston Road [was] tastefully ornamented with Mansfield stone, whilst the large arched openings, left in the wall to assist in lighting the roadway which runs around the enclosure, [were] protected by hammered iron screens, 11 feet by 8 feet, and weighing about 12 cwt. Each, of beautiful workmanship.” [12][13]

While the Midland [Railway] developed some of its goods facilities alongside the passenger station, the Great Northern [Railway] adopted a different strategy. Its corresponding activities were carried out to the north of King’s Cross terminus, in an area lying mainly to the west of the main lines, although some of them were actually situated above the tracks through Gas Works Tunnel. Much of this land [in 1990] is now derelict or only partially used, and the idea of making use of it has been carefully studied during recent years. The first intention was just to make better use of the area for housing, offices and leisure, but the upsurge in rail travel during the last few years, plus the building of the Channel Tunnel, has provided the incentive to include additional and better facilities for those who travel to and from the two main-line stations by train.” [1: p3]

A watercolour painting of the exterior of the Great Northern Railway Grain Warehouse at King’s Cross Goods Station, showing the canal basin on the South side, with low arches that enabled barges to enter the building, one of which has been cropped from the left side of the image. The warehouse was flanked by two large goods sheds. The building to the right is probably Maiden Lane Station, © Unknown, Public Domain, NRM. [1: p2]
The interior of one of the two goods sheds flanking the grain warehouse featured in the watercolour above. The sheds allowed the interchange of goods between road, rail and canal, © Unknown, Public Domain, NRM. [1: p2]
The same building in the 21st century. Coal Drops Yard (off the left of this photograph) and Granary Square are now the retail and dining heart of King’s Cross with global brands such as Paul Smith, COS and Tom Dixon and entrepreneurial ventures such as dried flower artist Roseur and authentic Japanese restaurant, Hiden Curry. It hosts an innovative, free programme of arts and culture. Residents, workers, students, shoppers and visitors all access and enjoy permanent art installations, temporary exhibits, live music and performances. In November 2021, King’s Cross became carbon neutral. Every building owned by The King’s Cross Central Limited Partnership was certified as a CarbonNeutral® Development by Natural Capital Partners under The CarbonNeutral Protocol, which was first developed and published in 2002 and is the leading global framework for carbon neutrality. [22]
Granary Square in the foreground and Coal Drps Yard behind (with theintriguing wave-form roof are the heart of the new King’s Cross. King’s Cross and St. Pancras stations are off the left side of this image. [30]

However, the major switch from rail to road transport in the  later half of the 20th century saw a steady decline in the need for such significant goods handling facilities. And as the end of the century approached these areas were repurposed to help regenerate inner city areas and improve transport infrastructure.

Writing in 1990, Semmens tells us that “A large proportion of the Midland’s goods activities used to be carried out in its Somers Town Depot, situated immediately to the west of the passenger station, on the other side of Midland Road. The need for this from the railway’s operational point of view ceased many years ago, and after the site had been cleared, it was used for the new British Library. After years of work, which started at a great depth below street level, the £450 million building is now well on the way to completion. It is expected to be fully in use by 1996, although the first public access to the new facilities will be three years earlier.” [1: p3]

The British Library was created on 1st July 1973 as a result of the British Library Act 1972. [7] Prior to this, the national library was part of the British Museum, which provided the bulk of the holdings of the new library, alongside smaller organisations which were folded in (such as the National Central Library,[13] the National Lending Library for Science and Technology and the British National Bibliography). [7]. In 1974 functions previously exercised by the Office for Scientific and Technical Information were taken over; in 1982 the India Office Library and Records and the HMSO Binderies became British Library responsibilities. In 1983, the Library absorbed the National Sound Archive, which holds many sound and video recordings, with over a million discs and thousands of tapes. [8]

For many years the British Library’s collections were dispersed in various buildings around central London, in places such as Bloomsbury (within the British Museum), Chancery Lane, Bayswater, and Holborn, with an interlibrary lending centre at Boston Spa, 2.5 miles (4 km) east of Wetherby in West Yorkshire (situated on Thorp Arch Trading Estate), and the newspaper library at Colindale, north-west London. [7][8]

The St Pancras building was officially opened by Her Majesty the Queen on 25th June 1998. [10]

Library stock began to be moved into the new building on 25th October 1997 By the end of 1997, the first of eleven new reading rooms had opened and the moving of stock was continuing. [8] The library continued to expand, from 1997 to 2009 the main collection was housed in the new building and the collection of British and overseas newspapers was housed at Colindale. In July 2008 the Library announced that it would be moving low-use items to a new storage facility in Boston Spa in Yorkshire and that it planned to close the newspaper library at Colindale, ahead of a later move to a similar facility on the same site. [9] From January 2009 to April 2012 over 200 km of material was moved to the Additional Storage Building and is now delivered to British Library Reading Rooms in London on request by a daily shuttle service. Construction work on the Additional Storage Building was completed in 2013 and the newspaper library at Colindale closed on 8th November 2013. The collection has now been split between the St Pancras and Boston Spa sites. The Library previously had a book storage depot in Woolwich, south-east London, which is no longer in use. [8]

But, in looking at the British Library in the 21st century, we are getting ahead of ourselves! …

1: Two Great Stations and their Goods and Locomotive facilities

A: King’s Cross Station to 1990

The earliest of the two stations was the Great Northern Railway’s King’s Cross. It was shared with the Midland Railway for 20 years while St. Pancras Station was being built. The building which appears on the aerial images near the head of this article was completed in 1852. It was preceded by a temporary GNR building situated between Copenhagen Tunnel and Gas Works Tunnel.

King’s Cross Railway Station in 1852 as it appeared in the Illustrated London News in 1852. [14]
The twin train sheds, seen from the Northeast. [15]
King’s Cross Railway Station Structure Plan 1852. [15]

Semmens tells us that “The 1852 station was a striking building, designed by Lewis Cubitt, with twin train-sheds linked at the South end by a brick façade. It was surmounted by a tower in Italianate style, complete with a clock, which had been on show at the Great Exhibition, and a bell. When built it was the largest station in Britain, and this moved certain shareholders to complain of extravagance. The building was, however, a fairly simple one, with only two platforms being provided originally, one for arrivals and the other for departures, set against the two outer walls. Between them were no fewer than 14 carriage roads, inter-connected by turntables and cross-tracks, as the four-wheeled vehicles of those days were small enough to be shunted like this, even by manpower, from one place to another within the confines of the station.” [1: p4]

Semmens continues: “Many changes took place during the station’s first half-century of operation, and its layout had altered considerably by 1905, when it featured in a series on signalling in The Railway Magazine.” [1: p4]

This diagram of King’s Cross station layout was provided in the March 1905 issue of The Railway Magazine. It shows the platform arrangements at that time as well as the signalling. The original double-track Gas Works Tunnel had by then been joined by two similar parallel bores, while there were connections on both sides of the ‘throat’ to the Inner Circle, complete with platforms for the through trains to and from the City. Although other additional platforms had been provided, many of them had been constructed outside the train-sheds. As the era of bogie coaches had begun by then, the turntables and cross-tracks had gone, but there were still four carriage sidings alongside the main departure platform (now No. 8). This feature was to continue into the days of the Grouping. Two of the arrival platforms (Nos 3 and 4) were only half-length ones, and this unusual arrangement did not disappear until 1934. [1: p4][16]

The Great Northern Railway opened its connection to the Inner Circle of the Metropolitan Line in 1863. In 1865, the York Road Platform was constructed to allow trains bound for the City to stop before heading into the tunnel which took them down to the Inner Circle. “Northbound trains were not provided with a similar platform on the down side until 1878, even though what was to become the semi-detached Suburban station had come into use three years earlier. The use of these curves at King’s Cross was considerably extended after 1866 when the Snow Hill connection was completed between Farringdon and Holborn Viaduct, as it became possible to run through trains from the Great Northern to destinations south of the Thames. Considerable amounts of freight were also worked this way, and the provision of a banker to help loose-coupled trains up the steep incline from Farringdon lasted until after nationalisation. The passenger trains, however, were withdrawn before the first world war, as travellers had opted to use the better connections then being provided by the Underground.” [1: p5]

Semmens notes that, “Gradients on Hotel Curve, as the line up from the Metropolitan was called, were as steep as I in 35, and the station stop at the top caused endless difficulties with the operation of these through services.” [1: p5]

He continues, “It will be seen from the 1905 diagram that at that time there was a small locomotive yard, complete with turntable, between the suburban and main-line stations. In 1923 this was moved to its better-known position on the west side of the lines where they entered Gas Works Tunnel. The railway had purchased some of the land formerly used by this utility, and installed a 70ft turntable there to cope with the new Pacifics which were starting to emerge from Doncaster. Although the main locomotive activities at King’s Cross were centred on Top Shed, situated further to the north in the middle of the Goods Yard, there were obvious advantages in providing facilities closer at hand for turning and refuelling incoming locomo-tives before they took up their return workings. The end of the main departure platform (for many years No. 10, but now No.8) provided generations of enthusiasts with a grandstand view of these activities, which continued through the diesel era until the East Coast workings became monopolised by the HSTs.” [1: p5-6]

As well as a cramped layout and the proximity of the tunnels to the station throat, there were two overbridges. One served the Gas Works and was removed in 1912, the other was removed in 1921 when an alternative access route, ‘Goods Way’ was built South of Regents Canal over the mouth of the tunnels. Sightlines from the signal cabins were poor. As a result rudimentary  track circuits were installed as early as 1894. [1: p6]

Semmens reported in 1990 that, “Since 1905 there [had] been three major changes in the signalling for the King’s Cross area. The first took place just before the Grouping, when a number of three-position upper-quadrant semaphores were installed, with roller-blind route indicators. In 1932 there was a much bigger change in the station area, with colour lights replacing the semaphores, and the points being worked electrically. The distinctive roller-blind route indicators were to remain until 1977, which saw the commissioning of the modern power box, situated on the up side immediately south of Gas Works Tunnel, While the previous all-electric box had just controlled the approach lines and those in the station itself, the present panel interface[d] with the Peterborough one at Sandy, 44 miles away. For good measure it also control[ed] the Hitchin-Cambridge line as far as Royston. … This latest change was part of two major developments on the East Coast Main Line in the 1970s, the Great Northern suburban electrification and the introduction of the Intercity 125s. The first of these resulted in an appreciable reduction of movements in the terminus, as the inner suburban services, worked by the dual-voltage class 313 units, were mainly diverted from Finsbury Park to Moorgate through the large-bore tunnels which were built in 1904 as the Great Northern & City Railway. From this there is now an excellent cross-platform interchange at Highbury & Islington with London Transport’s Victoria Line, giving frequent connections to and from King’s Cross Underground. They supplement those at Finsbury Park off the outer-area EMUs operating from King’s Cross suburban station, which has recently had a fourth platform added. Under the refurbished roofs of the train-sheds there [was] a straight-forward eight-platform layout for main-line trains, but the connections to the Inner Circle [were] severed, as the new inner-suburban trains now reach[ed] the City directly from Finsbury Park.” [1: p7]

Semmens also comments: “As part of this electrification scheme, the old freight flyover north of Copenhagen Tunnel was rebuilt to take passenger trains, and rails were removed from the most easterly bores of Gas Works and Copenhagen Tunnels. All this resulted in a much simpler layout at King’s Cross, and it was possible to improve the speed restrictions, which increased the station’s capacity, as well as reducing journey times. The 25 kV overhead catenary was put up [and] provide[d] power for the electric Intercity services which [were] already running as far as Leeds and York, and [would] be extended to Edinburgh and Glasgow in May 1991. … At the opposite end of the station, a considerable improvement in the passenger amenities was introduced in the early 1970s. When King’s Cross was built, the south end of the train sheds lay alongside St. Pancras Old Road, but the changes that followed the building of the Midland station produced a triangle of spare land between the station and Euston Road. Over the years this became cluttered with an assortment of completely uncoordinated buildings, known as the ‘Indian Village’. In 1973 the last of these was swept away, and the present [in 1990] single-storey concourse built in their place. It include[d] the BR ticket office and travel centre, which had previously been situated, somewhat inconveniently, halfway along No. 8 Platform. The new concourse also provide[d] other amenities, but even the vastly increased space often [became] crowded as a result from f the greater numbers [by 1990, travelling] on the frequent Intercity services.” [1: p8]

Finally in respect of King’s Cross station, Semmens notes that planning permission for the single story concourse was only granted on a temporary basis and was due to expire in 1996.

B: St. Pancras Station to 1990

At first, the Midland Railway reached London over the Great Northern Railway’s tracks from Hitchin. “Its services by this route began in 1858, but the minimal facilities at King’s Cross made it difficult to accommodate the increasing number of trains being operated by the two companies. Not surprisingly, the Great Northern gave its own trains priority, and the Midland became increasingly frustrated, with no fewer than 3,400 of its services being delayed in 1862 when the Great International Exhibition at South Kensington attracted a lot of special workings. Many of the trains off the Midland were made to use King’s Cross goods yard, and then, in the middle of the summer, the [Great Northern] moved some of the Midland’s wagons out of the way after the latter had been slow to commission their own coal yard. As a result the Midland decided it had had enough, and there was nothing for it but to build its own extension from Bedford into London.” [1: p9]

In the few years that had elapsed since the Great Northern had built its line into King’s Cross urban sprawl had magnified,  and the Midland was presented with the immense task of finding a route for its own tracks. “To accommodate its proposed facilities, the Midland was able to buy a large area of land from Lord Somers on the north side of Euston Road, and a suitable reorganisation of the roads in the area could be made to accommodate its new terminus close to King’s Cross. The company was actually able to site it right on the other side of the new Pancras Road, with only the Great Northern Hotel in between.” [1: p9]

The Midland coped with the barrier presented by the Regent’s Canal by crossing it at high level and maintaining that high level through to the station buffers. This created space under the platforms to store goods brought to London by the railway. Semmens says that “there was one commodity … which had its own special containers, and these formed the new unit of measurement which was adopted for this part of the station. The platforms and tracks were thus supported on a two-dimensional grid of columns, sited 29ft 4in apart, which was chosen because it maximised the storage capacity for barrels of Burton beer.” [1: p9]

To get the beer into the cellars, beer-laden wagons were pulled into the station, then reversed onto a hydraulic lift just outside the trainshed that took them down. Below, two railway lines ran the length of the stores and there were three wagon turntables, so that wagons could be manoeuvred throughout.” [17]

St. Pancras has had a long and close relationship with the brewing industry and beer consumption in London. Throughout the nineteenth and first half of the twentieth century, beer came from all over the country, and particularly from Burton-on-Trent, to supply thirsty Londoners. A major arrival point was St Pancras where beer was stored in a massive warehouse and in the vaults under the passenger station.” [17]

Burton’s high-quality attractive pale ales – a contrast to the darker porter beers drunk in London – were well-renowned in the 1820s and 1830s, but getting them to London was very costly and could take three weeks. The railway’s arrival in Burton in 1839 changed that and soon Burton brewers opened rail-supplied agencies nationwide and their trade expanded rapidly. Bass, a major Burton brewer, output rose from just over 30,800 barrels in 1839 to 850,000 in 1879, its biggest market being London where its beers grew in popularity.” [17]

Before the late 1860s, Burton brewers supplied London by sending their beer via the Midland Railway’s competitors. However, when the Midland planned its main line to London in the early 1860s, Bass agreed to send all their beer with the company as a far as possible, for a fixed price. In return the Midland would provide “Ale Stores and Offices sufficient for the business” at St Pancras. The railway built a dedicated warehouse adjacent to the Regent’s Canal which was connected to St Pancras’s northern goods yard.  This held 120,000 barrels and employed 120 men. Bass subsequently became the world’s largest railway customer, and in 1874 it sent 292,300 barrels of beer to London, 36% of its total output.” [17]

The beer lift adjacent to the signal box. This was a hydraulic lift that lowered beer-laden wagons into the undercroft, from where barrels were distributed across London. The long.term users of the undercroft were Thomas Salt & Co. and the Burton Brewery Co. This photograph, taken facin North, was shared by Dr. David Turner on Facebook on 11th June 2021, © Public Domain, a copy is held at Camden Local Studies and Archives Centre. [18]
A construction drawing of St. Pancras Station which illustrated the height of the trainshed and shows the undercroft. Semmens comments that the design of the roof was dictated by the need to avoid a significantly can’t supporting structure cutting the under croft in half. He notes that the three-inch tie rods for the arched roof run through the floor. The platforms and tracks being carried by girders which spanned the gaps between the 720 columns in the undercroft. This, he suggests, would be of great value lin the design of any regeneration work. [1: p10][19]
An engraving showing the construction of St. Pancras Station. The undercroft is featured prominently, © NRM/ SSPL. [20]
St. Pancras Railway Station in the 1950. The upper drawing shows the undercroft level, the lower the platform arrangement at the time [1: p12]

Network Rail says that, “In 1865, a competition was held to design the front façade of the station including a new hotel. George Gilbert Scott, the most celebrated gothic architect of his day, won the competition even though his design was larger than the rules allowed. Construction of the hotel started in 1868 however the economic downturn of the late 1860s meant that the hotel, named the Midland Grand, was only completed in 1876. Striking and self confident, the station and hotel completely dominated its Great Northern neighbours.” [19]

The location chosen for the station was known as Agar Town. It was an area of slum dwellings. The powers-that-be saw an opportunity to clear the area. Semmens tells us that, “several thousand homes of one sort or another were demolished, which resulted in the eviction of an estimated 10,000 people, while hundreds of cats took to the wild, marking out their own new territories in the railway works. There were still more complications, as the Fleet River ran through the site by then little more than a sewer, so it was enclosed in a pipe-while corpses had to be cleared from part of the burial ground for the old St. Pancras church. Another church, St. Luke’s King’s Cross, had to be demolished, and a replacement was built at the Midland’s expense in Kentish Town. Provision was also made for a connection to the Metropolitan Railway, to permit through services to the city. This diverges from the eastern side of the main lines at Dock Junction (originally St Paul’s Junction), nearly three-quarters of a mile from the buffer-stops. It then swings to the west before passing diagonally beneath the terminus on its way to join the Metropolitan at Midland Junction, roughly in line with the end of King’s Cross.” [1: p9]

It is difficult to imagine the upheaval caused to many of the poorest residents of London by the clearance of the slums.

When it was built, St. Pancras Station had “five platforms with a further six carriage roads, which put it ahead of what King’s Cross had at the time. In 1892 the layout was modified when some of the carriage roads were replaced by two more full-length platforms, making the total up to eight, plus the shorter one on the down side. Further changes took place in the early years of nationalisation, and from 1968 there were just six full-length ones, plus the bay.” [1: p10]

The track diagram for St. Pancras in 1905, published in The Railway Magazine, November 1905. [1: p11][21]
Details of the signal gantry at the station throat, published in The Railway Magazine, November 1905. [1: p11][21]

In 1923 St Pancras was transferred to the management of the London Midland & Scottish Railway; the LMS focused its activities on Euston, and so began the decline of St Pancras over the next 60 years. In 1935 the Midland Grand was closed as a hotel due to falling bookings and profit, blamed on the lack of en suite facilities in the bedrooms. It was used instead as office accommodation for railway staff and renamed St Pancras Chambers.” [19]

During WWII, the station played an important role for troops departing for war and children being evacuated from London. Although the station was hit hard during the blitz, there was only superficial damage and the station was quickly up and running. [19]

Throughout the 1950s and 1960s, BR allowed the condition of St. Pancras Station to deteriorate and then sought to close and demolish it. “John Betjeman spearheaded a campaign to save the station and hotel, and in November 1967 was successful in getting the buildings declared Grade 1 listed just days before demolition was due to begin.” [19]

Although the buildings were saved, their decline was allowed to continue; the hotel building was mothballed in 1985 and the train shed roof fell into a state of serious disrepair. [19]

Semmens tells us that, “Under the BR Modernisation Plan, diesels took over the main-line and suburban services out of St. Pancras. For many years the former were in the hands of the ‘Peaks (class 45s), hauling rakes of air-conditioned Mark II coaches, but in the autumn of 1982 the first Intercity 125s were drafted to the line. This was slightly earlier than had been envisaged in the original BR plans of 1973, but those arrangements had been based on the Bristol and South Wales sets being cascaded to the Midland after the arrival of APTs on the Western. After the protracted development of the light-weight tilting trains, the position changed, and there were no plans for HSTs on the Midland, but this altered as BR sought to maximise the revenue from its high-speed diesels.” [1: p10]

Writing in 1990, he continues:  “Since 1982 the number of these units deployed on the Midland main line has increased, the latest unit having been drafted in after the arrival of the first Intercity 225 set for the ‘Yorkshire Pullman’ on the East Coast Route in October last year. It is of interest that the Eastern Region provides the HST sets for the Midland main line, some from Bounds Green and the others from Neville Hill.” [1: p10]

For the suburban services out of St. Pancras a special type of diesel multiple-unit was provided. These four-car seats, later to become Class 127, were introduced in 1959, and had Rolls-Royce engines with hydraulic torque converters. They improved the frequency of services on the line, as well as the overall speeds, but by the end of their working lives they had become rather unreliable. They had to continue in passenger operation somewhat longer than intended, because the introduction of their electric successors was held up by the protracted dispute over Driver-Only Operation. The new Class 317 EMUs finally went into service in the summer of 1983, the overhead wires having already been installed into St. Pancras for some considerable time.” [1: p11]

These new EMUs lasted only 5 years in service before being replaced by Class 319 units which were able to operateboth from the 25kV North of St. Pancras and the Southern region’s third rail, to offer a cross-river Thameslink service which was inaugrated by Princess Anne in May 1988. The Thameslink service led to the majority of trains from the North not entering St. Pancras Station. St. Pancras lost most of its suburban services, and by 1990, was primarily an Intercity station. Semmens notes that under the regeneration proposals current in 1990, that role would partly reverse again. [1: p11]

C: Goods & Locomotive Facilites

Semmens notes in 1990 that much of the planned regeneration would be concerned with “the future use of the land that was once occupied by former goods yards and locomotive sheds.” [1: p12] We have already noted these facilities:

  • The Somer Town Goods Station of the Midland Railway and its facilities further to the North would not be part of planned regeneration work as they were set aside for the British Library development which we have highlighted above.
  • The one-time Great Northern Goods Yard – would become the core of planned regenertion activites – an 85-acre “area situated between the Great Northern and Midland main lines, … bounded on the North by the electrified North London Line and by Regent’s Canal on the South.” [1: p12]
  • King’s Cross Top Shed – sat in a small area at the heart of the Great Northern Railway’s goods facilities. It closed in June 1963.

Semmens goes on to describe the area: “potato market occupied much of the east and south-east sides of the yard. It consisted of 40 covered ‘runs’, set at right angles to the main sidings, and each of them could accommodate three or four wagons while they were unloaded by the various merchants. Standage elsewhere in the yards would be required for up to 400 additional loaded wagons awaiting their turn to be shunted into place, and each of these movements would require the use of capstan and turntables, in addition to the yard pilot. Lying to the west of this area were the dispatch roads where wagons and vans could be positioned under cover while being loaded by traders. One of the tracks led down a steep incline to the underground area, which was used for ‘vulnerable’ traffic. Nearby was a building known as the Midland Shed, being. a relic from the time between 1858 and 1867 when that company’s trains reached London over the Great Northern from Hitchin. More tracks served the one-time Grain Warehouse, although it had lost its canal connections” [1: p12] which are shown in the NRM images above.

Semmens continues his description: “Continuing clockwise, the coal area was reached, which had two lines of drops inside the confines of the yard. From one of these, a pair of tracks crossed Regent’s Canal to serve Camley Street Coal Yard, where over 200 wagons could be positioned for unloading using the electric transporter. Earlier still, when the gas works alongside King’s Cross passenger station was operating, that had its own connection across the canal for the delivery of coal straight into the retort-house. Along much of the western boundary of the yard, after the canal has passed under the Midland [Railway], the property of the two railway companies came [1: p12] together. The tracks in the King’s Cross yards finished at right-angles to the lines out of St. Pancras, and were separated only by a wall and the width of the perimeter road. It was here in 1980 that the NRM’s replica of Rocket was transferred from road to rail when it worked the last steam train into St. Pancras, to publicise the Post Office’s commemorative stamps that year.” [1: p12-13]

Between Top Shed and the North London Line were more sidings, some of which were under cover and handled Sundries, while bricks from the numerous works at Fletton, alongside the East Coast Route near Peterborough, were dealt with in the open. Hereabouts too was the smelly part of the yards, where manure from the railway’s own cartage stables was loaded for dispatch, in addition to some of London’s refuse. Even in 1965 some 40 wagons a day of rubbish from the Chapel and Hoxton Markets were being moved from here to Holwell Sidings on the branch from Hatfield to St. Albans.” [1: p13]

Semmens appears to have the wrong location for Holwell Sidings. Rather than being on the Hatfield to St. Alban’s, they were, in fact in Leicestershire. [50]

Additionally, a single-track line climbed steeply from these yards “to a dead-end parallel to Copenhagen Tunnel, from where there was a trailing connection across all the tunnels to serve the Caledonian Road goods yard away to the east.” [1: p14] While this short branch was still in use in 1965, another facility, which disappeared much earlier, was Cemetery Station, “the remains of which could be seen until the mid-1950s. Like the better-known facilities at Waterloo, this formed the starting point for funeral trains. Those in North London used to run to the graveyard on the east side of the East Coast Main Line, just north of New Southgate, the junction there being controlled by Cemetery Signalbox, now demolished. The final traces of the station opposite King’s Cross Goods Yard were swept away during the construction work that went on here for the Victoria Line.” [1: p14]

In 1965, King’s Cross Goods Yard still employed more than 1,000 men. The main terminal close in 1974 and by 1990 much of the yard’s activities had ceased. Semmens noted in 1990 that, “Freightliners ha[d] come and gone, but three separate aggregate/concrete facilities still operate[d] in the area to the north of the Top Shed. They [were] served by regular Railfreight workings, usually hauled by a pair of class 31s. There [were] also sufficient other operations to justify the presence of an unofficial caravan close to the Grain Warehouse providing food and drinks for those who work[ed] in the area. The various listed buildings and structures remain[ed], but many of the others ha[d] deteriorated since closure.” [1: p14]

2: Regeneration: First Thoughts

Back in Victorian times St. Pancras Station was built alongside King’s Cross because of the commercial competition between two different railway companies. This position was not changed by the Grouping, as, in 1923, their ownership passed to the LMS and LNER respectively, which were still rivals, particularly for the Anglo-Scottish business. Semmens notes that in 1990, the two stations were still operated by two different regions, but their common ownership during since 1948 had nevertheless provided opportunities for rationalisation and cooperation. [1: p15]

In 1966, the year after Lord Beeching had returned to ICI, proposals for combining King’s Cross and St. Pancras were first aired, with the latter being closed. Its suburban services would have worked through the tunnels to the City, while the main-line trains were to have been diverted into King’s Cross, where one scheme envisaged a heliport on the roof. A two-storey concourse building was to have been constructed across the front of King’s Cross, while a new 300ft tower to the north-west of the station would have become the new BR headquarters. The St. Pancras hotel would have been demolished and replaced with a new office block.” [1: p16]

These early plans were stymied when St. Pancras Station and the Hotel were ‘listed’ in 1967. Suggestions that it should be a sports centre or a transport museum with trains diverted elsewhere, came to nothing in 1968 when rationalisation of railway facilities was abadoned.

Semmens says that, “a decade and a half later, other, much more friendly, proposals were to materialise for the two stations, which would enable them to become the nucleus for the regeneration of the whole area. … It was in the latter half of the 1980s that British Rail offered potential developers the opportunity to submit ideas on how to revitalise the whole 130 acres of their land around King’s Cross. … The developer’s brief was the regeneration of the land North of the two stations, which was to be fully co-ordinated with new station facilities and railway works. In particular, provision was to be made for a sub-surface station below the existing platforms at King’s Cross, which would ultimately benefit the Thameslink services due to be inaugurated in May 1988.” [1: p17]

Two consortia were invited by British Railways to submit plans which the public could study at an exhibition held in the St. Pancras Undercroft at the beginning of 1988. They were:

1. Speyhawk, working in conjunction with Sir Robert McAlpine & Sons (Speyhawk/McAlpine).

2. London Regeneration Consortium (LRC), working with two separate groups of architects, Foster Associates, and Skidmore, Owings & Merrill.

Semmens notes that “although only open for a relatively short time, the exhibition drew the public’s attention to the plans, and created considerable interest in architectural circles. In addition to the displays, which included models of the main proposals, both consortia produced some effective printed material which enables us to recall what was being planned at this stage of the project.” [1: p17]

Semmens says that “the individual styles of the two Victorian stations made it difficult to link them together architecturally, and three very different proposals for the new concourse resulted, as shown in the illustrations. Speyhawk/McAlpine, who were already involved with BR in the redevelopment of the hotel at St. Pancras, went for a ‘solid’ design. with a classical, stone-built, rotunda serving as the main public entrance. On the other hand, the LRC’s two architectural partners both came up with proposals that included much more glass in their construction. Foster Associates proposed a huge glazed vault, filling the whole gap between the two stations, while Skidmore, Owings & Merrill’s plans were for a much smaller, fan-shaped, structure with an unusual roof profile.” [1: p17]

These were only outline schemes, but suggested very different ways in which the area around and to the North of the two stations could be developed. “All three schemes involved covering in the railway tracks out of King’s Cross, between the twin train-sheds and Gas Works Tunnel, which would have meant that trains would have first emerged into daylight at the north end of this tunnel. Speyhawk/McAlpine also proposed building over the Midland’s tracks for some distance alongside Pancras Road, and included a monorail link from their proposed concourse to a new Maiden Lane station on the North London Line.” [1: p17]

The proposals submitted by the London Regeneration Consortium were preferred by British Rail, and they became the designated developers. However, the brief that they began working to was altered significantly as the 1980s gave way to the 1990s because of a significant “upsurge in railway travel … sweeping across Europe in response to modern attitudes to mobility and the environment. In particular the significance of the Channel Tunnel began to be perceived, and the need for a second London terminal/interchange to serve those parts of the country north of the Thames emerged.” [1: p17]

A view of the 1988 proposals by the London Regeneration Consortium/Skidmore, Owings & Merrill for the redevelopment area, showing their fan-shaped concourse © London Regeneration Consortium/Skidmore, Owings & Merrill. [1: p15]
Two different schemes: the first image is an impression of the Euston Road frontage of the 1988 concourse proposed by Foster Associates for the London Regeneration Consortium © London Regeneration Consortium/Foster Associates; the second is a proposal from Speyhawk/McAlpine in 1988 for the new concourse between King’s Cross and St. Pancras stations, © Speyhawk/Sir Robert McAlpine & Sons. [1: p16]
The Speyhawk/McAlpine 1988 master plan for the redevelopment area, © Speyhawk/Sir Robert McAlpine & Sons. [1:p16]

Semmens supplement to The Railway Magazine was effectively a position statement, outlining the state of play at the beginning of the 1990s. New proposals were before Parliament, designed to enhance the railway facilities of the UK considerably, in addition to creating a whole new urban area out of the wastelands of the former goods yard at King’s Cross. [1: p17] That redevelopment was given greater significance by the need to accommodate the Channel Tunnel Rail Link (HS1), which would bring high-speed rail services to London. [31]

In 1990, the UK Parliament considered and approved the British Rail development plans, including the merging of the stations and the creation of a new low-level station. [32] The Select Committee drew attention to the financial links between the proposed office and commercial developments on the railway lands behind King’s Cross and St. Pancras stations and the proposal for the new station to go ahead. [33]

In 1991, 1992 and 1993, the King’s Cross Railways Bill was debated in the House of Commons and the House of Lords [34] but development did not take place at that time. In 1996, the decision was taken to locate the HS1 terminal at St. Pancras (a change from the original intention for it to be at Waterloo Station).

3: The Scheme Current in 1990

Semmens tells us that in November 1988, the British Railways Board and London Underground Limited lodged their private ‘King’s Cross Railways’ Bill with Parliament, seeking authority “to construct works and to purchase or use land at King’s Cross in the London boroughs of Camden and Islington; to confer further powers on the Board and the Company; and for other and related purposes”. While this may sound quite modest, its passing will set in operation the second most important railway project in Britain this century, and encourage urban redevelopment of 134 acres, worth some £3 billion, as well as providing 1,800 new homes and creating the potential for up to 30,000 jobs. Remarkably little detail of how this will be achieved emerges from the four parts, 31 sections and five schedules of the Bill itself, but this was supplemented by 35 days of evidence presented by BR to the MPs considering it at the start of its committee stage.” [1: p17]

King’s Cross, St. Pancras, Thameslink and the London Underground interchange connected with these stations are currently used by some 270,000 passengers every weekday. Many of these travel by the BR Intercity services using both the main line stations, with Anglo-Scottish trains arriving and departing every half hour for considerable periods of the day. The popularity of the East Coast Route … increase[d] still further with the travelling public after the full electric services [came] into operation in May 1991, when many of the trains [began to] run through to Glasgow.” [1: p17-18]

Long-distance passengers were “supplemented by those using the Network SouthEast suburban trains, including the Thameslink services running right across the heart of London. From King’s Cross Underground it is possible to travel to more than 60 per cent of the Underground stations without changing trains, and all the other BR main-line termini can be reached direct, except Waterloo, which requires one change. All five London airports [were soon to] be within one hour’s journey by train from King’s Cross, either direct or with easy changes, and the rail link right into Stansted [was due to] begin operations in March 1991. … The King’s Cross area [also] serve[d] as a significant bus interchange.” [1: p18] Towards the end of the 1980s, there had been a steady increase in the number of passengers using all these services.

In 1993, “the biggest step-change in British and European-transport history [was due to] take place when the Channel Tunnel open[ed] that June, following on the heels of the start of the Single European Market six months earlier. When first thoughts were being given to the King’s Cross regeneration project, predictions about the impact of both these factors suggested that provision should be made eventually for additional facilities to be developed at King’s Cross. The need for them was not expected to arise, however, until into the 21st Century. The position was changing rapidly, though, and in July 1988, British Rail published its report on the long-term route and terminal capacity for its Channel Tunnel train services. which indicated that both could become congested appreciably before the year 2000.” [1: p18]

This radically changed the emphasis on the ideas for the new railway facilities required at King’s Cross, which became the obvious location for the second terminal for the through trains to Europe. Unlike the first terminal, to be opened at Waterloo in 1993, it would provide direct interchange with domestic Intercity trains serving the whole of the northern half of Britain … and could also be made to facilitate the workings of the through trains to and from the Continent. Any such scheme for a new major set of platforms would be extremely expensive, but an additional advantage of the King’s Cross site is that the regeneration possibilities could provide welcome finance.” [1: p18]

This diagram shows the changes to the railway connections envisaged as part of the King’s Cross proposals current in 1990. ][1: p17]
A plan of the land affected by the King’s Cross proposals of 1988/1990. [1: p18]

The … proposals … included in the 1988 Bill, provide[d] for eight new sub-surface platforms, set diagonally below the main station at King’s Cross, four of which would be for the Channel Tunnel services. To reach these from the north, a new connection [would be] required, swinging westwards in a wide curve from Belle Isle, at the south end of Copenhagen Tunnel, as it descends. Just north of the point at which it passes under Regent’s Canal, it is joined by a connection off the Midland main line, so trains from both routes can use the new platforms. At present the sharp curves through the tunnel under St. Pancras impose major restrictions on the type of rolling stock that can use the Thameslink route, and the new arrangements will remove these.” [1: p18]

In addition, “this curve [would] enable Thameslink services off the Great Northern suburban lines which [could not then be operated]. Even if the York Road and Hotel Curves were to be reopened at King’s Cross, the tight clearances caused by the tunnels and curvature would necessitate the provision of even smaller rolling stock than the [then] present class 319s. BR also ha[d] a Bill going through Parliament for the construction of a new chord at West Hampstead, which [would] provide a connection between the lines out of St. Pancras and the West Coast Route, enabling Thameslink services to be extended that way too if required. The through Channel Tunnel trains serving the northern part of Britain [would] also be able to use these links to reach the East and West Coast Main Lines. At the south-east end of the new King’s Cross sub-surface station, the platform roads [would]. converge into the two tracks which form the present Thameslink route.” [1: p18]

Realignment work then underway in “the Ludgate Hill area [would] remove the existing clearance restrictions at that end of the link, and only minimal widening work [would be] necessary between King’s Cross and Farringdon to enable the passage of the largest coaches on BR. The present King’s Cross (Thameslink) station [would] disappear, and passengers using it [would] also benefit from the change. The main entrance to this [was] situated a considerable distance away along Pentonville Road, and require[d] a long walk to reach it, either through underground passageways or across busy roads. Although the passenger facilities there [had been] recently improved, the platforms [were] short and comparatively narrow, and there  [was] no room for them to be extended in any direction. A sub-surface ticket hall for the new Thameslink platforms [would] be built on the corner of York Way and Pentonville Road, beneath the Bravington block of shops, right opposite the south-east corner of the main station at King’s Cross.” [1: p19]

Commuter traffic on the Great Northern lines [was] also expected to continue to grow. The [then] present suburban platforms [would] not accommodate 12-coach trains, and already in peak periods outer suburban sets [could] be found competing with Intercity trains for platform space in the main station. To deal with this problem, it [was] planned to switch all the Network SouthEast trains into St. Pancras by a new surface connection which [would] run across King’s Cross Goods Yard, and join the Midland’s tracks just behind the site of Top Shed. To accommodate these extra workings in St. Pancras, the number of platforms [would] be increased to ten, a task that [would be] comparatively straightforward, thanks to the method of construction adopted back in the 1860s. Bridge No. 1, immediately outside the station, [would] have to be widened, and as this [was] situated over what amounts to a six-road intersection, it [would] involve some clever engineering.” [1: p19]

The existing platforms at King’s Cross would need to be lengthened to accommodate the longer East Coast Route trains needed to meet demand. At King’s Cross, as at St. Pancras the station layout would need improvement to allow higher arrival and departure speeds to be achieved. Track would need to be relaid through Copenhagen and Gas Works tunnels.

New platforms and tracks are of little use unless better facilities are also provided for the passengers, and considerable thought [had] been given to this aspect of the proposals as well. The idea for the new concourse beside King’s Cross Station [had] been developed, and a new design for it [had] been produced by Richard Paul of Norman Foster Associates. Like the earlier London Regeneration Consortium proposals, it [would] be clad in glass, and the triangular roof, covering 8,300 square metres, [would] be supported by just nine columns, all except one of them situated along the walls. People entering the station from the street [would] approach the concourse down a wide semi-circular ramp from the south-east. Escalators [would] connect with the improved interchange arrangements for the London Underground’s five lines, which [would] be constructed to take into account the long-term recommendations of the Fennell Report on the 1987 escalator fire. Passengers arriving by car or taxi [would] use a special area to the north of the new concourse, … equipped to deal with the different types of flow involved.” [1: p19]

An artist’s impression of the interior of the new concourse, © British Rail. [1: p19]

Great care had been taken to ensure that the concourse was user-friendly; due allowance being made for ‘meeters and greeters’ and the dwell-times that will result. As shown in one of the illustrations, the ticket office and travel centre would be set across the wide north end, “with the main catering facilities at mezzanine level above them. The usual forecourt retailing activities [would] be located along the walls, and kept low so that views of the two main station buildings through the glass walls [were] not obscured. The floor of the concourse [would] be below street level, to facilitate the connections required to the various platforms.” [1: p20]

Diagram showing the improved interchange facilities being planned at King’s Cross, © British Rail. [1: p17]
An illustration of a model showing the positions of the existing and future stations, © British Rail. [1: p19]

Four of the new sub-surface platforms [would] be dedicated for use by the international services to and from the Continent, and they [would] have their own inward and outward Customs and immigration facilities, although these activities [were expected to] take place on the trains in the case of the through services between the Continent and the northern parts of the country. When the Channel Tunnel open[ed] in June 1993, the schedule from Edinburgh to Paris [was expected to] be approximately eight hours. To reach the West London Line through Olympia, these services [would] use either the ‘King’s Cross Link’ with the North London Line … or the Harringay curve. After the new low-level station [had] been completed at King’s Cross, which would be in 1996 at the earliest, half an hour would be cut from the timings of all the through international trains using the East Coast Route.” [1: p20]

The international trains would then still be using the existing lines through Kent, but the completion of the European Rail Link, after 1998, [would] enable an additional 30-minute cut in timings to be made, to the great advantage of the millions of international passengers who [would] use the route each year thereafter. Its opening [would] bring Edinburgh within seven hours of Paris, and 6 hours from Brussels, the former being only an hour longer than the ‘Coronation’s’ London-Edinburgh timing, which was the fastest ever scheduled in the days of steam. From 1996, it [was] expected that there [would] be one international train an hour in each direction from Waterloo and the same number from King’s Cross, but this represents only about a quarter of the long-term capacity of both terminals. From King’s Cross, St. Pancras and Euston stations up to ten Intercity trains an hour [in 1990 departed] for the Midlands, Northern England and Scotland.” [1: p20]

The completion of the Channel Tunnel Rail Link [would] signal the start of the high-speed domestic services from King’s Cross to the towns and cities in Kent. With the eight-coach Class 342 ‘Kent Express’ units running at up to 125 mph, the journey to Dover could take as little as 60 minutes. … Cross-London Intercity trains [might also run] this way, although they might presumably have [had] to be hauled by dual-voltage electric locomotives, as it is unlikely that the diesel fumes from the shortened Cross-country HSTs would be welcome in King’s Cross Low Level.”

Provisions were made within the Bill for the purchase of land outside British Rail’s ownership. Some temporary road diversions  were envisaged as was the need to remove and later replace the listed lock-keeper’s cottage alongside the canal. A ‘listed’ gas-holder would need to be dismantled and rebuilt. A nature reserve would need to be removed and replaced by a larger one. semmens noted that only 29 homes would be demolished and the development would provide 1800 new dwellings. He noted too that a period on at least 20 years would be likely to relapse from the Act receiving Royal Assent before the scheme would be completed.

An artist’s impression of the King’s Cross area after completion of the project. King’s Cross and St. Pancras stations are in the foreground, with the new concourse between them. The old grain warehouse was to be retained and can be seen at the centre of the image. Semmens says that, “It is particularly interesting to see how much of the area at present occupied by the underused King’s Cross Goods yard is due to become a park, and the narrow waterway of Regent’s Canal will be expanded to provide a new setting for the Grain Warehouse and the other listed buildings in that immediate area. The contrast to the [1990] scene [would] be every bit as great as the impact of the new railway facilities [would] be on the millions who use King’s Cross and St. Pancras every year,” © British Rail. [1: p21]

British Rail was given the green light by MPs to carry out a multi-million pound redevelopment of King’s Cross and St Pancras stations and as the 1990s unfolded, the UK Government established the King’s Cross Partnership to fund regeneration projects in the area. London and Continental Railways (LCR) was formed to construct the railway and received ownership of land at King’s Cross and St Pancras stations in 1996. After the millennium, work on High Speed 1 (HS1) began, providing a major impetus for other projects in the area.

4: St. Pancras Midland Grand Hotel

St. Pancras Renaissance Hotel in the 21st century. [35]

Before going on to consider developments after Semmens was writing in 1990, it would be good to hear what Semmens had to say about the hotel which fronts Barlow’s trainshed. Designed by  Gilbert Scott, the hotel was no more than a series of foundations when the station opened in 1868. Five years would elapse before the building was complete.

The Midland Railway over stretched its finances in building its extension into London. It downsized the design of the hotel, removing an eighth floor which would have housed the headquarters of the railway company after an intended move from Derby. The project programme was allowed to drift to aid the company’s cashflow. Semmens describes the hotel as “the finest example of non-religious Victorian Gothic in Britain, … much of the detail was adapted from the architect’s plans for offices in Whitehall which never materialised.” [1: p22]

Construction of the Midland Grand Hotel took place between 1868 and 1876 and was completed in various stages with the East Wing opening on 5th May 1873 and the rest followed in Spring 1876. Altogether, the hotel fabric had cost £304,335, decoration and fittings £49,000 furnishings £84,000, adding up to a not-inconsiderable £437,335. [37]

The completed building had used 60 million bricks and 9,000 tons of ironwork including polished columns of fourteen different British granites and limestones.

Midland Grand Hotel Advertisement of 1885, Public Domain [36]
The Midland Grand Hotel in 1873

Despite all its magnificence, “the building had a number of serious drawbacks, which in time were to prove its downfall as a hotel. Although it was equipped with hydraulic lifts-receiving their power from the high-pressure water mains that used to run below the main highways in London and the first revolving door in the capital, an examination of the ridge of the Mansard roof above the dormer windows will reveal rows of chimneys. These came from the open fires in the various rooms, private as well as public, which were neither easy to service nor particularly efficient as sources of heat. … Only 12 years after the Midland Grand Hotel had been completed, work started on a rival hotel in another part of London which was to eclipse it in comfort and appointments. Funded in part from the profits of the theatre of the same name, the Savoy Hotel in the Strand was completed in 1889. During its construction, the builder asked whether, in the light of the number of bathrooms being installed, the management were expecting to entertain amphibians. While not all the bedrooms originally had their own bathroom, no fewer than 67 were provided initially. … The Midland [Grand] did not have bathrooms on anything like this scale, and not many decades were to pass before those who used hotels of this standing expected such facilities in every room. In the same way as the Midland Grand Hotel could not install central heating at an economic price, they were unable to provide all their bedrooms with baths ‘en-suite’.” [1: p22]

The Midland Grand was taken over by the London, Midland and Scottish Railway in 1922, its facilities were already outdated and it had become too expensive to run and refurbish. the demand for high-class hotel accommodation in the King’s Cross/St. Pancras area declined in the 1930s and the hotel closed in 1935. [1: p23][37]

Now renamed St Pancras Chambers, the premises settled down to a somewhat less glamourous existence as railway offices.  It retained this role until 1983. [1: p23][37]

The building survived the bombing raids of the Second World War but found itself threatened with complete demolition in the 1960s. As we have already noted, in 1967 it was awarded Grade 1 listed status in recognition of its importance as an example of high Victorian Gothic architecture. [37]

In 1983, the building failed its fire certificate and was closed down, remaining empty for many years.

Semmens continues: “the Speyhawk/McAlpine development proposals for the St. Pancras Grand Hotel, as it [was to] be titled, predated the main King’s Cross Regeneration Project. They [involved] the original hotel buildings … [and] the undercroft.” [1: p23] No Act of Parliament was required but by 1990 the plans had already received outline planning permission from the local authority. “Their implementation, however, depend[ed] closely on the larger BR scheme, not only because of the general upgrading of the area that will then result, but because the links from the new concourse to the two main-line stations will require ‘corridors: through the undercroft.” [1: p23]I

Included in the Speyhawk/McAlpine scheme, and sited in the undercroft were:

  • a leisure centre;
  • a shopping precinct (St. Pancras Plaza);
  • a cat park; and
  • a multi-screen cinema.

Above ground the scheme allowed for:

  • the conversion of the station booking hall into a hotel brasserie or coffee shop;
  • the conversion of the original hotel entrance into a night club;
  • the meeting of fire regulations by isolating the grand staircase to make it a self-contained area;
  • the installation of a modern central heating system; and
  • the provision of en-suite bathroom facilities (a challenge in a listed building).

These developments had to be set alongside significant work to the fabric of the building. [1: p23]

An illustration of the ingenious plans for the introduction of en-suite facilities into the larger rooms/suites in the hotel. The wood panelling introduced behind the large double bed, conceals the bathroom. Its height had to be kept comparatively low to preserve the original proportions of the room, © Speyhawk/McAlpine. [1: p24]

Planning permission was granted in 2004 for the building to be redeveloped into a new hotel. [38]

The main public rooms of the old Midland Grand were restored, along with some of the bedrooms. The former driveway for taxis entering St. Pancras station, passing under the main tower of the building, was converted into the hotel’s lobby. In order to cater for the more modern expectations of guests, a new bedroom wing was constructed on the western side of the Barlow train shed. [38][39]

As redeveloped the hotel contains 244 bedrooms, two restaurants, two bars, a health and leisure centre, a ballroom, and 20 meeting and function rooms. [37][38] The architects for the redevelopment were Aedas RHWL. At the same time, the upper floors of the original building were redeveloped as 68 apartments by the Manhattan Loft Corporation. [38][40]

The St. Pancras Renaissance Hotel opened on 14 March 2011 to guests; however, the formal Grand Opening was on 5 May – exactly 138 years after its original opening in 1873.[38][41]

The building as a whole including the apartments is still known as St Pancras Chambers. [38] Its clock tower stands at 76 m (249 ft) tall, with more than half its height usable. [38][42]

5: Bringing Things Up-to-date (2025)

By 2025, the redevelopment of the King’s Cross area has been completed. The final form of the development and of the railway provision is somewhat different from that described by Semmens.

Two street maps of London illustrate the changes to the site between the late 1980s and 2025. [30]

Particularly different from earlier plans, is the way in which the international high-speed and Channel Tunnel railway traffic has been accommodated within the overall project and we will come back to those changes later in this article.

It is first worth noting that King’s Cross has undergone a substantial renaissance, one that has been described as “one of the most exciting and vibrant urban regeneration schemes in Europe.” [25]

Townshend Landscape Architects were part of a team which included architects Allies and Morrison and Porphyrios Associates and started working on the development in 1999, following a design competition. The intention was to create a fully accessible and integrated piece of the city with a whole range of cultural, commercial and residential uses, including offices, shops, homes, a school, a university, healthcare and leisure facilities, within 19 designated development zones integrally linked to the surrounding city-scape and a high quality vibrant tapestry of public realm that includes 10 parks and squares. Working with King’s Cross Central Limited Partnership, the team conducted in-depth research of the site, its surroundings and its fascinating industrial history. A landscape masterplan evolved that knitted in the new scheme with its surrounding context and created a framework of connections to open up the site. Two principal access routes were identified. The first, King’s Boulevard, which opened in 2012, created a north-south link over the Regent’s Canal from King’s Cross and St Pancras Stations, past the Granary complex and on to the northern end of the site. The second runs east to west alongside the canal and creates a connection between the historic buildings including the relocated Gas Holder, Coal Drops and the Granary complex. The team agreed that establishing key pedestrian routes and spaces early in the development would be beneficial to the community and provide a catalyst to further regeneration. The North point on this plan is to the right of the image, © Townshend Landscape Architects. [25]

King’s Cross Central has evolved from an idea on paper to one of the most sought after places in London. The routes and spaces within the development provided a flexible framework for sequential development on the site, and have successfully created a sense of place during each phase of the development. Significantly, those routes and spaces link the railway stations to the former derelict Granary Building and beyond. [30]

The site as redeveloped with significant open spaces and carefully planned cycle and pedestrian routes. [26]

The plan above shows the revised concourse design which was finally adopted. It is attached to King’s Cross Station building and not to St. Pancras Station building. Redevelopment of King’s Cross Station commenced in 2008, the contract duration was 42 months with completion in 2012. The contract cost £550 million. [23]

The contract involved: constructing a 1,700 tonne geodesic steel and glass dome over the top of the London Underground ticket hall; reconstruction of platforms 1 and 8 and shortening of platforms 5 to 8 to enlarge the concourse; a new glass footbridge and escalators serving platforms 1 to 8; a new 12 car platform (300m); 4,000 m² of refurbished office space; 20,000 m² of renewed main shed roof; and 2,500m² of photovoltaic panels to generate 10% of the station’s power needs. All of which was undertaken without impacting normal station operations. [23] The main objective of the project was to provide station capacity to handle projected peak hour passenger demand within a more attractive retail and transport interchange environment.

The new concourse alongside King’s Cross Station. [23]
A second view of the same roof structure. [24]

The main outputs were: a new western concourse, four times the size of the existing one (from 2,000m² to 8,000m²); a wider range and quality of commercial outlets; better interchange with London Underground and St Pancras International Station; renewed main shed roof to provide better lighting. [23] “The historically accurate restorations and modern architectural and servicing interventions won 35 international design awards, including the coveted Europa Nostra prize for cultural heritage. Internationally, the station is widely regarded as one of the most successful large-scale historic building transformations of recent times, and is a fitting gateway to the 35ha regeneration scheme immediately to the north.” [24]

Islington Gazette comments: King’s Cross is now ‘vital piece’ of London economy after regeneration. [27]  The area North of the two railway stations is now “a haven for offices, chain shops and restaurants.” [27] A study, by Regeneris, “was commissioned by Argent, one of the two companies behind the redevelopment. Regeneris said the project has helped create 10,000 jobs and £600million for the economy per year.” [27]

King’s Cross is the largest mixed-use development in single ownership to be developed in central London for over 150 years. The 67-acre site has a rich history and a unique setting – and it is adjacent to the best-connected transport hub in London. Post World War II the area declined from being an industrial and distribution services district to a rundown post-industrial area. What is emerging at King’s Cross is a vibrant new city quarter of offices, homes, community facilities, schools, a world-renowned university in Central Saint Martins as well as a host of shops, restaurants, bars and cultural venues. When complete, there will be 50 new and refurbished buildings set in an exciting and inspiring network of new streets, squares, parks and public space. 2,000 new homes, 3 million square feet of offices and hundreds of new shops are being delivered as part of the scheme. Universal Music Group, Google, YouTube, and Facebook are some of the high-profile tenants that will have offices and buildings in the area. The development is circa 85% complete with an estimated completion date of around 2025. … Coal Drops Yard is a spectacular reinvention of Victorian industrial railway sheds creating a unique public and retail destination within Kings Cross’s heart. This was a highly complex and challenging project because of its unique “kissing roof” and its Victorian heritage; data capture was difficult but this challenge was overcome. “BAM’s innovative use of digital was instrumental in the delivery of the scheme allowing us to improve the accuracy of repairs; map survey images to elevations and schedule the works required to give a clear scope of works and cost. In addition, our use of 3D Rhino software allowed BAM Design, Heatherwick Studio and Arup to refine the complex roof form and structure.” Coal Drops Yard is an amazing structure; there are many other architecturally impressive buildings on the site. [29]
A ‘fish-eye’ lens aerial view of the site from the West. [28]
Aerial views over the King’s Cross site in 2004, left, and 2022 right. [28]

Rowan Moore comments that, “The two-decade transformation of the industrial site north of King’s Cross station in London, once notorious, now a pleasant enclave of offices, homes, shops, bars and boulevards, is essentially complete. It’s a huge success. …  The near quarter-century, kilometre-long, 67-acre project to redevelop King’s Cross in London is a monument of its age. It is the urban embodiment of the Blair era in which it was conceived, of the third way, of the idea that market forces, wisely guided by light-touch government, can be a power for good. It will get into the history books about cities (if such things are written in the future), representing its time in the same way that John Nash’s Regent’s Park represents the Regency and the Barbican represents the 1960s.” [28]

The development runs from the terminuses of St Pancras and King’s Cross through a central open space called Granary Square, to a dense cluster of blocks and towers at its northern end, formed around a long oblong lawn with [Alison] Brooks’s building at its head, which includes most of the most recent additions. It is phenomenally successful, both commercially and at achieving its stated aims. Its developers, Argent (selected in 2001), set out to achieve somewhere like the sort of cities where you might want to go on holiday, with open spaces that one of its architects calls “incredibly pleasant”, and – contemplating children from surrounding areas playing in its fountains, or office workers and art students lounging in its open spaces – it has certainly done that. It has created, in its 50 new and restored buildings, about 1,700 homes, more than 40% of them affordable, 30 bars and restaurants, 10 new public parks and squares, 4.25m sq ft of offices and capacity for 30,000 office jobs.” [28]

6. St. Pancras International and Rail Decisions & Developments

This drawing illustrated the high concentration of vital rail infrastructure in or under the King’s Cross development area. [43: p21]

The strategic decision was taken to focus international and domestic high-speed services at St. Pancras. The decision to have St Pancras as the terminus for the CTRL was heavily driven by the ambition to regenerate East London. 

HS1 (previously the Channel Tunnel Rail Link, or CTRL) is a high-speed line which connects the Channel Tunnel with London, via Stratford, Ebbsfleet and Ashford in Kent. Eurostar services began serving St. Pancras on opening. Prior to the opening of the high-speed line, Eurostar services operated from Waterloo International. Domestic high-speed services between St. Pancras and Kent were introduced in December 2009.

HS1 was initially planned to tunnel through south-east London to an underground King’s Cross international station much as discussed by Semmens. However, in 1994 this plan was rejected, and the decision was taken to approach London from the east, terminating at St. Pancras. [43: p21-22]

In 1994, St. Pancras station was seen as not realising its full potential as a station. The original route involved expensive tunnelling under listed buildings, a medieval hospital and the King’s Cross gasworks, while the route into St. Pancras could follow the existing North London Line. [43: Appendix B]

As a result of the decision to locate HS1 at St. Pancras, the station was extended to hold extra platforms and extend existing platforms to the required length for Eurostar. On completion there were 13 platforms: 4 for Midland Main Line services on the western side, 6 for international services in the central train shed, and 3 for HS1 domestic services to Kent on the eastern side. On opening, HS1 could carry up to 8 Eurostar services per hour as well as up to 8 domestic high-speed services per hour, along with two open access paths. … Once St. Pancras opened to international services in 2007, Eurostar moved their operations to St. Pancras and stopped serving Waterloo. Domestic HS1 services launched in 2009 using new Class 395 ‘Javelin’ trains, as part of a major revision of the Southeastern timetable in December 2009.” [43: p22]

As a result of the work to bring HS1 to St. Pancras and the increased services this would bring to the area, the King’s Cross Thameslink station and King’s Cross St. Pancras underground station needed to be expanded to handle the additional passenger traffic. The decision to relocate the King’s Cross Thameslink station to St. Pancras was originally intended to accommodate the Thameslink Programme, which would introduce additional and longer trains connecting North and South London through the Snow Hill tunnel. … When the new Thameslink station was constructed, it was driven by three purposes: to accommodate the expanded Thameslink network, to improve safety and passenger experience at the station, and to serve the new Eurostar/HS1 terminal at St. Pancras. The new St. Pancras Thameslink station opened in December 2007, separately from and in advance of the wider Thameslink Programme. … Regarding the Underground station, a key recommendation of the Fennell report following the 1987 King’s Cross Fire was taking action to improve passenger flow, ease congestion and improve safety at the King’s Cross St. Pancras Underground station. In response, the London Underground (King’s Cross) Act was passed in 1993. Two new ticket halls were constructed: the western ticket hall and northern ticket hall. The western ticket hall was opened in 2006, doubling the station capacity at the time to serve HS1, Thameslink and visitors to the 2012 Olympics. The northern ticket hall opened in 2009, further doubling station capacity and reducing congestion. It also allowed step-free access to the Underground platforms and was described as essential to effectively managing future passenger numbers. This ticket hall also connects directly to the HS1 domestic station via a direct subway link.” [43: p22-23]

The interior of the redeveloped St. Pancras trainshed looking North from the back of the hotel. [47]
A view, looking South through the refurbished St. Pancras trainshed towards the hotel. [47]

Refurbishment of St. Pancras to receive Eurostar services required a highly complex programme of expansion, modernisation and restoration. St. Pancras Interational Station became a key urban hub leading to the redevelopment of the surrounding area through added retail and hospitality. The project included the full restoration of the existing Grade I listed station, incorporating the technical requirements of a transport interchange fit for the 21st century.

Throughout construction and restoration of this complicated scheme, London Midland connections were kept almost entirely operational with minimal inconvenience to both staff and passengers throughout the design. The result is a thoroughly modern transport interchange with over 45 million passengers passing through the zone every year. [48]

Rail services operate at the high level under the trainshed roof with retail sited in the undercroft. [49]

Shops and cafés occupy what was formerly a Victorian store for beer brewed in the Burton-on-Trent breweries. Within the Grade 1 listed building, The design of the undercroft exposed the original brick arches to the former beer vaults within new fully glazed shop fronts. Opening up the platform level to expose the undercroft revealed a naturally lit main concourse that acts as the main thoroughfare connecting different parts of the complex. The designers say that “the cafés and bars on the main concourse connect via escalators and lifts to the hotel and restaurants at the platform level, providing intuitive connectivity throughout the public areas.” [49]

Developments after the completion of HS1 and St. Pancras International illustrate just how rapid change has been over the years. They have included:

A.  The East Coast Main Line Upgrade which began in 2019 and which includes:

  • the construction of a new platform and track at Stevenage – which encompassed a 126 metre-long platform (featuring amenities like a passenger lift and ticket vending machines), and 2 km of new track, permitting more frequent services between Hertford and Stevenage North and which opened in August 2020;
  • work at Werrington (North of Peterborough) to improve capacity and reliability of passenger services – a new two track line and tunnel separating freight and passenger movements and eliminating the delay caused by freight trains crossing the East Coast Main line; 
  • improvements to power supply infrastructure to enable the use of electric trains; and
  • King’s Cross Expansion – renewing and expanding tracks, signalling and overhead equipment serving King’s Cross Station, particularly the reopening of the third tunnel (‘King’s Uncrossed’ – December 2020 – June 2021) enabling increased service frequency.

For the sake of completeness, Wikipedia also lists further major works to improve services on the East Coast Main Line which include: [44]

  • Power supply enhancement on the diversionary Hertford Loop route;
  • Re-quadrupling of the route between Huntingdon and Woodwalton (HW4T), which was rationalised in the 1980s during electrification (part of the ECML Connectivity programme);
  • Enhanced passenger access to the platforms at Peterborough and Stevenage;
  • Replacement of the flat crossing at Newark with a flyover;
  • Upgrading of the Down Fast line at Shaftholme Junction from 100 mph to 125 mph and higher-speed associated crossovers (part of the ECML Connectivity programme);
  • Modified north throat at York station to reduce congestion for services calling at platforms 9 – 11 (part of the ECML Connectivity programme);
  • Freight loops between York and Darlington (part of the ECML Connectivity programme);
  • Darlington station up fast line platform and future station remodelling as part of HS2;
  • Fitment of TASS balises and gauging/structure works proposed by the open-access operator GNER (Alliance Rail) to enable tilt operation of Pendolino trains north of Darlington station, supporting its aspirations for express 3 hr 43 min London to Edinburgh services;
  • Power supply upgrades (PSU) between Wood Green and Bawtry (Phase 1 – completed in September 2017) and Bawtry to Edinburgh (Phase 2), including installation of static frequency converter (Frequency changer) technology at Hambleton Junction and Marshall Meadows Bay area.
  • Level-crossing closures between King’s Cross and Doncaster: As of July 2015 this will no longer be conducted as a single closure of 73 level crossings but will be conducted on a case-by case basis (for example, Abbots Ripton Level Crossing will close as part of the HW4T scheme)
  • Increasing maximum speeds on the fast lines between Woolmer Green and Dalton-on-Tees up to 140 mph (225 km/h) in conjunction with the introduction of the InterCity Express Programme, level-crossing closures, ERTMS fitments, some overhead line ewuipment (OLE) rewiring and the OLE PSU – estimated to cost £1.3 billion (2014). This project is referred to as “L2E4” or London to Edinburgh (in) 4 Hours. L2E4 examined the operation of the IEP at 140 mph on the ECML and the sections of track which can be upgraded to permit this, together with the engineering and operational costs.
  • In June 2020 it was reported that the UK government would provide £350 million to fund the UK’s first digital signalling system on a long-distance rail route. The signalling is to be fitted on a 100-mile (161 km) section of the East Coast Main Line between King’s Cross, London, and Lincolnshire, which will allow trains to run closer together and increase service frequency, speed and reliability. The first trains are expected to operate on the East Coast Main Line using this digital signalling technology by the end of 2025, with all improvements scheduled for completion by 2030. [45]

B. Upgrades to the Midland Main Line into St Pancras which were first proposed in 2012 as part of the High Level Output Specification for Control Period 5, to include electrification of the line between London and Sheffield, but paused in 2015 along with the rest of the HLOS plans in order to carry out a review. Work was restarted later in 2015, then cancelled again in 2017, and were finally re-announced in 2021 as part of the Integrated Rail Plan. [43: p24][46]

C. Rail and Tube service changes since 2000: various changes to the Rail and Tube services which call at King’s Cross and St Pancras over the past quarter century. As of November 2022, these changes included:

  • Eurostar – 2007 – Services moved from Waterloo to St Pancras; 2015 – Introduced direct London-Lyon/Avignon/Marseille service in summer season; 2018 – 2 train per day London-Amsterdam service introduced; 2019 – Third daily service to Amsterdam introduced; 2020 – Direct Amsterdam-London services introduced;
  • Southeastern High Speed – 2009 – Domestic HS1 services began; 2012 – Operated high speed ‘Javelin’ services between St Pancras and Stratford during London Olympics;
  • East Midlands Railway – 2003 – 1 train/hour (tph) St Pancras-Manchester ‘Project Rio’ service introduced while WCML underwent engineering work (ended 2004); 2007 – East Midlands Trains franchise created, merging Midland Mainline and Central Trains; 2008 – 1 tph introduced to Corby; 2009 – 2 tph introduced to Sheffield by extending 1 tph London-Derby; 2019 – Franchise awarded to  EMR;
  • Thameslink – 2007 – Thameslink platforms open at St Pancras; 2009 – 15 tph peak hour service introduced on core section; 2018 – A large timetable change in May reintroduced cross-London services via London Bridge and many new services; 2019 – Cambridge-Brighton service doubled to 2 tph in each direction;
  • London North Eastern Railway – Early 2000s – Increased Leeds services from 37 trains/day (tpd) to 53 tpd as Class 373s were moved to GNER; 2011 – ‘Eureka’ timetable change simplified stopping patterns and introduced 1 tpd London-Lincoln service; 2015 – VTEC awarded franchise; introduced daily services to Stirling and Sunderland; 2016 – Newcastle services extended to Edinburgh; 2018 – Franchise awarded to London North Eastern Railway (LNER); 2019 – ‘Azuma’ trains enter service; expanded service to Lincoln and Harrogate by extending existing services every other hour;
  • Great Northern/Thameslink – 2007 – King’s Cross Thameslink station closes with through services moved to St Pancras; 2018 – Great Northern route connected to Thameslink, resulting in several services moving to St Pancras and continuing through London;
  • Grand Central – 2007 – Services begin with 1 tpd London-Sunderland; 2008 – Introduced a 3 tpd service to Sunderland; 2009 – Introduced a 4th daily service to Sunderland; 2010 – Introduced 3 tpd between London and Bradford; 2012 – Added a 5th Sunderland service; 2013 – Added a 4th Bradford service;
  • Hull Trains – 2000 – Services begin with 3 tpd London-Hull: 2002 – 4th daily service to Hull; 2004 – 5th daily service to Hull; 2005 – 6th daily service to Hull; 2006 – 7th daily service to Hull; 2015 – 1 tpd extended to Beverley; 2019 – 2nd daily service extended to Beverley;
  • Lumo – 2021 – Service commenced;
  • Tube – Circle – 2009 – Broke the ‘circle’ with extension to Hammersmith;  2014 – New S Stock trains; 
  • Tube – Hammersmith & City – 2012 – New S Stock trains
  • Tube – Metropolitan – 2010 – New S Stock trains;
  • Tube – Northern (Bank branch) – Automatic Train Operation (ATO) introduced, permitting up to 26 tph (up from 20 tph);
  • Tube – Piccadilly – 2008 – Heathrow T5 extension opened; 2016 – Night Tube begins (6 tph); and
  • Tube – Victoria – 2009 – New rolling stock; 2013 – New signalling permitting 33 tph (up from 27 tph); 2016 – Night Tube begins (6 tph); 2017 – New timetable of 36 tph. [43: Appendix C]

References

  1. P. W. B. Semmens; King’s Cross Renaissance: The History, Development and Future of Two Great Stations; in The Railway Magazine (Supplement); London, June 1990.
  2. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.5&lat=51.53248&lon=-0.12622&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 28th March 2025.
  3. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/find/#zoom=16.0&lat=51.53335&lon=-0.12626&layers=101&b=1&z=0&point=0,0, accessed on 28th March 2025.
  4. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/EPW039585, accessed on 28th March 2025.
  5. https://www.britainfromabove.org.uk/image/EAW006467, accessed on 28th March 2025.
  6. https://www.kingscross.co.uk/granary, accessed on 28th March 2025.
  7. History of the British Library; British Library; via https://web.archive.org/web/20100213000359/http://www.bl.uk/aboutus/quickinfo/facts/history/index.html, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  8. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_Library, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  9. British Library Announces Collection Moves Strategy; British Library; via https://web.archive.org/web/20140416182852/http://pressandpolicy.bl.uk/Press-Releases/The-British-Library-Announces-Collection-Moves-Strategy-34e.aspx, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  10. https://blogs.bl.uk/living-knowledge/2018/06/celebrating-the-british-library-at-st-pancras.html, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  11. https://www.scienceandsociety.co.uk/results.asp?image=10322517, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  12. https://www.lassco.co.uk/lassco-news/2022/03/16/ironwork-from-the-greatest-forgotten-wall-in-london, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  13. Frederick McDermott; The Life & Work of Joseph Firbank J.P. D.L – Railway Contractor; Longmans,Green And Co, London, 1887.
  14. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Kings_Cross_ILN_1852.jpg, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  15. https://www.lner.info/co/GNR/kingscross.php, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  16. Diagram of King’s Cross station layout in 1905; in The Railway Magazine, London, March 1905.
  17. https://stpancras-highspeed.com/news-events/st-pancras-built-on-beer, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  18. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/166PHsXCMm, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  19. https://www.networkrail.co.uk/who-we-are/our-history/iconic-infrastructure/the-history-of-london-st-pancras-international-station, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  20. https://prod.highspeed1.co.uk/history/creating-an-icon, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  21. St. Pancras; in The Railway Magazine, London, November 1905.
  22. The King’s Cross Central Limited Partnership; Kings Cross Overview; www.kingscross.co.uk; via https://acrobat.adobe.com/id/urn:aaid:sc:EU:1ae487a5-1d7e-4649-aa81-c14df74da19c, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  23. https://www.networkrailconsulting.com/our-capabilities/network-rail-projects/kings-cross-station-redevelopment-programme, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  24. https://www.mcaslan.co.uk/work/kings-cross-station, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  25. https://townshendla.com/projects/kings-cross-central-9, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  26. https://www.neighbourhoodguidelines.org/urban-regeneration-kings-cross, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  27. https://www.islingtongazette.co.uk/news/21231577.kings-cross-now-vital-piece-london-economy-regeneration-concludes-study-paid-developers, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  28. Rowan Moore; ‘Nervous of its own boldness’: the (almost) radical rebirth of King’s Cross; in The Guardian, April 2024; via https://www.theguardian.com/artanddesign/2024/apr/28/the-almost-radical-rebirth-of-kings-cross-london-alison-brooks-architects-cadence, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  29. https://irishbuildingmagazine.ie/2019/12/01/big-build-kings-cross-redeveloped, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  30. https://programme.openhouse.org.uk/listings/7788, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  31. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/King%27s_Cross,_London, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  32. https://hansard.parliament.uk/commons/1991-11-25/debates/1c8b808c-d20e-4096-b895-e8903961f279/KingSCrossRailwaysBill, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  33. https://hansard.parliament.uk/Commons/1990-12-10/debates/31caf74f-6b61-4f41-b553-b17e0f91a28b/KingSCrossRailwaysBill, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  34. https://api.parliament.uk/historic-hansard/commons/1993/oct/28/kings-cross-railways-bill, accessed on 2nd April 2025.
  35. https://www.marriott.com/en-gb/hotels/lonpr-st-pancras-renaissance-hotel-london/overview, accessed on 3rd April 2025.
  36. W. Pembroke Fetridge; Harper’s hand-book for travellers in Europe and the east; Harper & Brothers, London, 1885.
  37. https://www.urban75.org/london/st_pancras1.html, accessed on 3rd April 2025.
  38. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/St_Pancras_Renaissance_London_Hotel, accessed on 3rd April 2025.
  39. Before and after: historic buildings restored and transformed; in the Daily Telegraph, 22nd March 2013;, via https://web.archive.org/web/20130322044716/http://www.telegraph.co.uk/property/renovatinganddiy/9943413/Before-and-after-historic-buildings-restored-and-transformed.html, accessed on 3rd April 2025.
  40. Manhattan Loft Corporation; St Pancras Chambers by Manhattan Loft Corporation; via https://www.manhattanloft.co.uk/projects/st-pancras-renaissance-hotel, accessed on 3rd April 2025.
  41. Mark Easton; A monument to the British craftsman; BBC, 5th May 2011; via https://www.bbc.co.uk/blogs/thereporters/markeaston/2011/05/a_monument_to_the_british_craf.html, accessed on 3rd April 2025.
  42. Gerard Peet; The Origin of the Skyscraper (PDF); Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat Journal No. 1, 2011, p18–23. via JSTOR, http://www.jstor.org/stable/24193146; accessed 3rd April 2025.
  43. Steer, for the Department of Transport; King’s Cross and St Pancras: Wider Impacts of Station Investment (PDF), November 2022; via https://acrobat.adobe.com/id/urn:aaid:sc:EU:85b1ae4a-109e-476b-9d1c-4cec59c8beb3, accessed on 11th April 2025.
  44. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/East_Coast_Main_Line, accessed on 12th April 2025.
  45. East Coast Digital Programme; Network Rail; via https://www.networkrail.co.uk/running-the-railway/our-routes/east-coast/east-coast-digital-programme, accessed on 12th April 2025.
  46. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/3641/railways-act-2005.pdf, accessed on 12th April 2025.
  47. https://www.railway-technology.com/projects/stpancrasinternation/?cf-view, accessed on 12th April 2025.
  48. https://www.pascalls.co.uk/projects/work/rail/st-pancras-station, accessed on 12th April 2025.
  49. https://www.chapmantaylor.com/projects/st-pancras-international, accessed on 12th April 2025.
  50. My thanks to Al Kotulski for pointing this out on 14th April 2025.

‘Arresting’ Runaway Wagons

British Railways Illustrated Volume 5 No. 5 of February 1996 included an article about the LNWR goods yard at Edge Hill, Liverpool.

Extracts from the 25″Ordnance Survey from around the turn of the 20th century showing the extent of the LNWR’s Edge Hill Goods Yard, © Ordnance Survey. [1: p236-237] Early editions of the Ordnance Survey Mapping can be accessed on the website of the National Library of Scotland where different editions and scales of mapping can be compared with modern satellite imagery.

In 1850, the Edge Hill yards occupied 40 acres, with room for 1,782 wagons. By 1873, the yards spread over 104 acres and could accommodate 3,215 wagons. In 1894, they were 200 acres in size, with 60 miles of lines with a capacity of 6,828 wagons. At the turn of the 20th century there was still space on the site for further expansion, if required.

This LNWR diagram shows the Edge Hill maze in the last years of the company, when the yards had effectively reached their commercial and economic zenith. Contemporary LNWR records describe: six reception lines at the summit of the incline; 24 sorting sidings in two groups into which the wagons first run, trucks for a particular district being lowered into one or more sidings as required just as they happen to arrive at the reception lines irrespective of the order they may be in; marshalling sidings (consisting of two small groups or ‘gridirons’ leading from each of the sorting groups) through which the trains pass to be arranged in station order; departure lines from which the trains leave Edge Hill. The six reception lines hold 294 wagons. The twenty four sorting sidings hold 1,065 wagons and provision has been made without altering any of the sidings for adding other lines to the sorting sidings when the increase of traffic requires it. The two pairs of ‘gridirons’ hold 72 wagons each.
The four departure lines hold 188 wagons or four trains.
As can be seen at the bottom of the image a prevailing down grade ran from the reception sidings at East end of the site towards maintenance facilities and the departure roads to the West.
On this diagram, the locations of the chain drags are marked by the letter ‘A’, © Public Domain. [1: p235]

The gradient across the site meant that wagons moved around the site under their own weight. To prevent dangerous runaways a system of hooks attached to heavy chains was employed at key locations across the site. These are marked on the diagram above by the letter ‘A’.

A sketch showing the chain-drag and hook used throughout the LNWR’s yard to arrest runaway wagons. [1: p234]

For ‘arresting’ runaway wagons, a heavy cable was set in a wrought iron tank between and below the level of the rails. A steel hook lay in a loose socket at the height of a wagon axle, nine inches inside one rail: the cable was connected to the hook and the weight of the former, when dragged over the soft ballast, stopped the runaways. The hook socket and hook were lowered by a lever when a train passed over it, the lever working a signal arm at the same time. When the hook was – raised the signal stood at ‘danger‘.” [1: p235]

The LNWR recorded the use of the ‘Chain Drag’ – “There is no doubt … that this simple safeguard was an important factor, affording as it did a security against possible runaways which enables the whole scheme of shunting by gravitation to be carried out and worked with the greatest despatch.” [1: p235] Considerable damage and inconvenience, and maybe a major disaster, had been avoided through its use.

Contemporary LNWR records from June 1875 to June 1895 illustrate the value of these chain drags. They record the cause of each deployment of a chain drag: [2: p235]

  • Defective wagon brakes … 28
  • Wagons not sufficiently secured by shunters … 37
  • Failure to lower the hook to allow the passage of a train … 32
  • Hook raised too soon before the last vehicle had passed … 9
  • Defects in signals, couplings, etc. … 10
  • Carelessness (generally the responsibility of shunters … 52
  • Drawn out by loose chains hanging from wagons … 2
  • Hook lever slipped from shunter’s hand … 2
  • Misunderstanding between shunters … 9
  • Unknown causes … 25

“During the above period the ‘chain drag’ was required on 206 occasions and it did not once fail to stop the runaways without, moreover, any ‘injury to them or their loads’. Six ‘chain drags’ were in use, varying from 86 cwt to 109 cwt of stud cable in each drag.” [1: p238]

These ‘chain drags’ are one instance of the retarders needed in marshalling yards. The ‘chain drag’ is, however, purely a means of stopping runaway wagons rather than a mechanism to control the speed of wagons descending through a yard. Retarders, generally, are some form of mechanical brakes, often pneumatic, hydraulic, or spring-driven, which are strategically placed to control the speed of rolling wagons as they descend through a yard. They help prevent collisions by allowing operators to adjust the speed of cars to the distance they are to roll, avoiding violent impacts. Among others, these include:

  • Clasp Retarders – large, air or hydraulically powered beams that squeeze the wheels at rail level; and
  • Piston Retarders – which extract energy from the railcar as it rolls over them, offering a quieter alternative to clasp retarders.

Clasp Retarders

Typical Clasp Retarders, these were photographed at the LNER’s Whitemoor Marshalling Yards. [3]

The LNER’s marshalling yard at Whitemoor was separated into an ‘up’ yard and a ‘down’ yard. “Both yards are equipped with retarders, or rail brakes, the up yard having four hydraulic brakes and the down yard two eddy current brakes. The retarders are placed at the foot of the hump on the first four – or in the down yard the first two – leads after the king points. Their purpose is to slow down the railway trucks which are travelling at too high a speed and to keep a suitable spacing between successive wagons.” [3]

It is necessary to brake the wagons as they run off the hump, to prevent them from colliding with the vehicles already in the sidings, and so causing damage both to the wagons and their loads. The purpose of these rail-brakes is to do away with the braking by hand required in an ordinary hump yard, where a large staff is needed. This hand-braking always involves risk. Further, the steepening of the hump gradients at Whitemoor, to accelerate the sorting, causes the wagons to run down at greater speed, and makes a powerful system, of braking the more essential. The intensity of the braking force, with these rail-brakes, can be adjusted according to whether the siding into which the wagon is about to run is full or empty; in the latter instance a longer run is needed, and the brakes will be applied with less severity.” [3]

The brakes consist of four longitudinal brake beams, one on either side of both running rails. Two of these beams are fixed and the others are pivoted. … These beams are carried on a table or platform which, in turn, is mounted on the pistons of a number of hydraulic cylinders. Thus when water at pressure is admitted to the cylinders the whole table moves upwards, so that the “feet” of the brake beams engage with the flanges of the wheels and results in the squeezing of the wheels between the brake beams. If the pressure in the cylinders is increased sufficiently the wagon will be lifted off the running rails and will ride on the feet of the pivoted beams.” [3]

Cross-sections through the hydraulic retarders in the ‘up’ yard at Whitemoor showing them at rest and in active braking mode. [3]

In the construction of the eddy current brake, as used in the ‘ down’ yard, there are four brake beams, two for each rail. These beams form the north and south poles of a large electromagnet and are mounted on packets of loose plates which in turn rest on massive iron ‘cores’.” [3]

The action of electric brakes working on the eddy-current principle is illustrated in this diagram. Mounted on movable plates, brake beams pull inwards on being energized by the electro-magnet. The main braking effect is due to eddy-currents set up, in the wheels, and this action is assisted by the friction of the beams which grip the wagon wheels. These electric brakes are used in the down yard at Whitemoor. [3]

The cores shown in the diagram above are spaced about 7 ft apart throughout the length of the brake, and round each is a coil which is supplied with direct current. Thus when the coils are electrically energized the whole brake becomes a large electro-magnet, with the brake beams as its poles. As these poles arc mounted on loose plates, they pull inwards on to the wagon wheels. As the wagon passes through the brake the wheels rotate in a strong magnetic flux and eddy currents are set up in the wheel tyres, thus retarding the wagon. … This effect can be reproduced simply by rotating a disk of any electrically conductive material between the poles of a horse-shoe magnet. While a certain amount of friction must necessarily be present owing to the fact that the beams are actually in contact with the wheel tyres, the main braking effect is obtained by eddy currents, and it is this fact that distinguishes the action of this brake from that of the hydraulic brake, which relies entirely upon friction.” [3] Springs are provided at intervals along the brakes in order to pull the beams apart when the brake is switched off.

Piston Retarders

Piston retarders can operate either by compressed air or by  hydraulics. Those shown in the image below are paired Dowty Retarder/Booster units. A full discussion of these units and their development over time can be found here. [2]

Hydraulic booster/retarders at Tinsley yard near Sheffield [2: p22]
Typical Piston Boosters/Retarders. These are compressed air booster/retarder units in pairs. [2: p26]

Joule Piston Retarders are self-contained, hydraulically operated devices installed on railway tracks to control the speed of rolling stock. These retarders require no external power source, making them efficient and reliable tools for managing train speeds in marshaling yards. … They are effective speed retarders. After being plunged by a rail [wagon], they immediately pop up with higher resistance to being pressed in again, so if the next wheel comes by too soon it applies more resistance against it.” [4] They appear to be used, primarily, in North America.

Joule Piston Retarders at Balmer Yard, Seattle, USA. [5]

An excellent video of retarders at work can be seen here. [9]

Other instances of retarders

In Chippenham, Wiltshire, UK a series of tests were undertaken with different retarders. A series of photos can be seen here. [6]

Skate Retarders can be seen here. [7]

The replacement of a master retarder in Minneapolis can be seen here. [8]

References

  1. Gridiron; in British Railways Illustrated, Volume 5 No. 5, February 1996, p234-243.
  2. D E Bick, BSc, CEng, MIMechE; A history of the Dowty marshalling yard wagon control system; in The Proceedings of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers, Volume 198B, No. 2, p20-26; via https://www.dowtyheritage.org.uk/content/dowty-group/industrial/dowty-railway-retarder, accessed on 5th April 2025.
  3. Sorting Goods Wagons: The Fascinating Story of Whitemoor Marshalling Yards, where Goods Wagons are Swiftly and Automatically made up into New Trains; in Railway Wonders of the World, https://www.railwaywondersoftheworld.com/sorting-goods.html, accessed on 5th April 2025.
  4. https://civengtech.com/how-does-joules-piston-or-hydraulic-or-piston-railway-retarders-work, accessed on 5th April 2025.
  5. https://newjoulesengineering.com/info/and-supply-of-the-joule-piston-railway-retarder-systems, accessed on 5th April 2025.
  6. https://www.polunnio.co.uk/research-resources/photo-galleries/hump-yard, accessed on 6th April 2025.
  7. https://www.tracksideservices.com/zero-speed/sr-2000, accessed on 6th April 2025.
  8. https://www.bnsf.com/news-media/railtalk/service/master-retarder.html, accessed on 6th April 2025.
  9. https://www.facebook.com/share/r/175kmAY9qW, accessed on 1st October 2025.

The Highland Railway – Part 5 – The Fortrose (or Black Isle) Branch

Stanley Jenkins tells us that “The opening of the Inverness & Rossshire Railway between Inverness and Dingwall on 11th June 1862 brought the benefits of rail transport to a prosperous farming area in Ross & Cromarty. The line was completed throughout to Invergordon on 25th March 1863, while a series of subsequent extensions eventually resulted in the creation of the Highland Railway’s ‘Far North’ line between Inverness and Wick. Inevitably the 161½ mile ‘Far North’ line omitted large numbers of places that would have benefited from direct rail links, and for this reason several branch-line schemes were put into effect during the latter part of the 19th century.” [1: p48]

The Black Isle peninsula, between the Beauly and Cromarty Firths, became the focal point for two such schemes, only one of which was successful.” [1: p48]

Wikipedia tells us that “The Highland Railway was surprised when in 1889 the Great North of Scotland Railway (GNoSR) proposed the construction of a railway to Fortrose, … The GNoSR operated a network from Aberdeen and the nearest place to Inverness served by it was at Elgin, some distance away. The branch would have been detached from the owning railway, but running through the Black Isle it would have made a junction with the Highland Railway at Muir of Ord. A ferry operation from Fortrose to Ardersier, on the south side of the Moray, was included in the plans. Ardersier was then known as Campbelltown, and a railway branch to it was included. Two other schemes striking into Highland territory were proposed at the same time, elevating Highland Railway discomfort about its competitive position.” [2][3]

The two companies had been adversaries for some time, and in 1883 and the following years there had been a state of continual warfare over junctions, frontiers and running powers. … The Highland saw at once that if this branch were built, it would be easy for the GNoSR to demand running powers into Inverness to reach its branch, and in that way the rival company would have gained access to the Highland’s stronghold.” [2]

After considerable ‘argument’ between the two companies, the GNoSR and the Highland Railway each submitted Bills to the UK Parliament for a line to Fortrose.

It was the Highland Railway’s scheme which received Parliamentary consent on 4th July 1890. Jenkins tells us that it was for a “16 mile branch line between Muir of Ord, on the ‘Far North’ line, and the fishing port of Rosemarkie. The gentle topography of the Black Isle ensured that the proposed line could be built with relative ease, and on 1st February 1894 a single line was opened as far as Fortrose a distance of 13 miles 45 chains. The final section between Fortrose and Rosemarkie was never built, the terminal station at Fortrose being deemed a suitable railhead for the surrounding district.” [1: p48]

The Fortrose Branch is shown as a red line on the image running from Muir of Ord to Fortrose, © Afterbrunel and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0) [4]

The Fortrose branch provided useful transport facilities … on the South side of the Black Isle, but it was felt that better facilities were needed on the North side of the peninsula. The 1896 Light Railways Act offered a solution to this local transport problem, and on 1st August 1902 a Light Railway Order was obtained for construction of a 19 mile line between Conon, on the ‘Far North’ line, and Cromarty. Work began at the Cromarty end, but subsequent progress was painfully slow, and extensions of Time Orders were obtained in 1907, and again in 1910. … About six miles of track was actually laid between Cromarty and Newhall, but all work was suspended in 1914 on the outbreak of World War I. At that time, construction work was in hand on a further two miles of line, but little had been done on the remaining eleven miles of line to Conon. The track was lifted around 1915 for use in the war effort, leaving the earthworks and other engineering features of the unfinished light railway in a derelict condition.” [1: p49]

If the Cromarty & Dingwall Light Railway had been completed it would have had stations at Alcaig Ferry, Culbokie, Drumcudden, and Newhall. Other halts may have been opened once the line was in operation, while there were also suggestions that the route might be extended south-westwards from Cromarty to Rosemarkie and Fortrose, thereby creating a scenic ‘coastal’ route around the Black Isle that would have had considerable potential as a tourist attraction. Unfortunately the changed economic conditions after World War I meant that schemes of this kind were no longer viable, and the Fortrose branch was therefore left in splendid isolation as the only completed railway in the Black Isle area.” [1: p49]

The Fortrose route was worked as a feeder branch for the ‘Far North’ line, and as such it was moderately-successful. Like other Highland Railway branch lines it was normally worked by small tank locomotives such as the Dübs 4-4-0Ts. Other engines seen on the line were Drummond’s well-known 0-4-4 branch-line tanks.” [1: p49]

The Route from Muir of Ord to Fortrose

The extracts below from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1904, published in 1906 cover the site of Muir of Ord Railway Station. [6] Jenkins tells us that “Muir of Ord – the junction station for branch services to Fortrose – was opened on 11th June 1862 when the initial section of the Highland ‘Far North’ line was brought into use between Inverness and Dingwall.” [1: p49]

The station was orientated from North to South, with its main station building on the down, or northbound side. The track layout was relatively complex, with sidings on both sides of the running line and a lengthy crossing loop. The main goods yard, with accommodation for coal, livestock, furniture, machinery, and general-merchandise traffic, was situated to the south of the platforms on the down side. One of the yard sidings passed through a goods shed, while others were used mainly for coal or other forms of wagon-load traffic. Further sidings were available on the up side, and one of these gave access to a 50ft diameter locomotive turntable.” [1: p49]

Wikipedia tells us that “The station is 13 miles 4 chains (13.05 mi; 21.0 km) from Inverness, between Beauly and Conon Bridge, and is the location of the sole remaining passing loop on the single line between Dingwall and Inverness.” [5]

The station building and platform canopy were erected in 1894, [5][7] 32 years after the station itself opened. [8] Passenger services on the branch ceased on 1 October 1951, but the branch remained open for freight until 13 June 1960. Muir of Ord station was closed on 13 June 1960 but reopened in 1976, on 4 October.” [5][8]

After the railway bridge across the River Ness washed away in February 1989, isolating the entire network north of Inverness, Muir of Ord was chosen as the location for a temporary depot, from which the stranded rolling stock could operate the service to the highland communities which depended on the line.” [5][9]

In November 2015, work commenced on a new A862 road bridge at the northern end of the station.” [5][10]

The project cost £3.7 million and was completed in the Summer of 2017. [11]

This ESRI satellite image supplied by the NLS shows the station site after the reconstruction of the raod bridge. [6]

Wikipedia tells us that “in the 21st century, both station platforms have modern waiting shelters and benches, with step-free access. There is a car park and bike racks adjacent to platform 1, along with a help point near to the entrance from the car park.” [5]

As there are no facilities to purchase tickets, passengers must buy one in advance, or from the guard on the train.” [5]

The station has a passing loop 32 chains (700 yd; 640 m) long, flanked by two platforms which can each accommodate a ten-coach train.” [5][12]

On 11th June 1862 the Inverness and Ross-shire Railway opened their line between Inverness and Dingwall. It included a station at the village of Tarradale but the company decided to name it after the nearby cattle tryst (market), Muir of Ord. Eventually the name Muir of Ord was applied to the surrounding area.” [14]

Looking North at platform level, Highland Railway No. 21can be seen in 1913 in charge of a southbound passenger service. The locomotive was one of Highland Railway’s 12-strong ‘Barney’ class of 0-6-0 locomotive. They were designed by Peter Drummond to pull goods traffic but they frequently found themselves on passenger service duty, as seen here. HR 21 was built by Dübs & Co of Glasgow and was delivered in August 1902, © Public Domain. [13] This image appears to have been sourced from the http://www.ambaile.org.uk/Highland Railway Society website. [14]
Looking South from the footbridge at the North end of the station site sometime in the 1920s. The ‘Strath’ class of 4-4-0 passenger locomotives were built for the Highland Railway by Neilson Reid & Co. of Glasgow in 1892. They were built to the design of David Jones, the company’s locomotive superintendent, and were similar in design to his other locomotives, with the exception of having larger boilers. The twelve locomotives were numbered 89 to 100 and six of them passed into LMS ownership in 1923. This photograph shows LMS 14272 ‘Strathdearn’ heading North at Muir of Ord. On completion for the Highland Railway it carried the number 92 and was renumbered on five occasions: to 92A in June 1918; to 92 in August 1918; to 92A again in April 1919; to 92 in September 1919 and 92A in July 1921. It was one of the class to pass into LMS ownership and was numbered 14272 by the new company. It was withdrawn from service in February 1930, © Public Domain. These two images were found on a youTube video but the source will be Am Baile and they probably come from the Highland Railway Society Collection, © Public Domain. [13]
Looking South at platform level in 1978, a train from Inverness to Wick and Thurso pauses to collect passengers at Muir of Ord station. © The Carlisle Kid and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [15]

As can be seen in the image below, all of the station buildings have been removed and replaced with waiting shelters with little or no character.

The modern facilities at Muir of Ord Railway Station are quite primitive. The phot was taken from the West in 2023. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Southeast across the original bridge at the North end of Muir of Ord Station site. [10]
The replacement structure at the North end of the Station site as it appeared from the air in 2017. [11]
Looking South from the road bridge in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Southeast across the road bridge in 2023. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Northwest across the road bridge. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking North from the road bridge towards the location of the Fortrose branch line junction. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking North from a trackside location just to the North side of the road bridge at Muir of Ord, a train from Kyle of Lochalsh heads South into the station, © The Carlisle Kid and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [16]

On leaving Muir of Ord, branch trains diverged eastwards, and having, executed a full 90 degree turn the route maintained its easterly heading for about two miles.” [1: p49]

A further extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1904, published in 1906. This extract shows the brach leaving the main line just North of the Station and heading East. [17]
The same area as shown on ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS, in the 21st century. [17]
As the line curved to the East it was crossed at level by a track. [17]

Additional sidings on the north side of the station provided locomotive facilities for the branch engine. The main engine siding gave access to a 50ft turntable, while a ‘kick-back’ spur ran into a single-road engine shed; another siding served as a coaling road. The station building was a typical Highland Railway timber-framed structure which was similar to its counterparts at Hopeman and Burghead, albeit with a second cross-wing at the left-hand end (when viewed from the platform). The resulting building was thus an ‘H-plan’ structure with a central block flanked by two cross-wings.” [1: p51]

In the 21st century, the track has been replaced by a modern estate road – Highfield Circle. The road entering bottom-centre is Fairmuir Road, that leaving top-right is part of Highfiels Curcle. These two roads approximately follow the line of the old railway. [17]
A short distance to the East the line was in cutting and bridged by a minor road. [17]
ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS shows the realigned road in the 21st century. The approximate line of the old road (blue) and railway (red) have been superimposed on the image. The modern road is named ‘Balvaird Road’. [17]
A short distance further East the line was crossed by a farm access raod at a level-crossing. [18]
The same location in the 21st century as shown on Google Maps satellite imagery. The lane is now named ‘Hawthorne Road’. [Google Maps, March 2025]
Looking North along Hawthorne Road, across the line of the old railway (marked approximately by the red line). Google Streetview, September 2021]
Looking West from Hawthorne Road along the line of the old railway towards Muir of Ord. The line of the railway is gated by the single-bar gate and it ran from there towars the distant trees. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
A footpath follows the line of the old railway to the East of Hawthorne Road. [Google Streetview, September 2021]

From Hawthorne Road eastwards a public footpath follows the line of the old railway. There is a leaflet of walks for the area around Muir of Ord. One of the four walks included in the leaflet includes a length of the old railway. [19]

The walk follows the Balvaird Road from Muir of Ord crossing the railway at the location we noted above. It crosses open fields to get to Spital Wood before dropping down to the line of the olfd railway, following that West to Hawthorne Road and from there back to Muir of Ord. The return leg of the walk runs East-West and almost entirely follows the line of the railway. [19]
The footpath along the old railway, to the East of Hawthorne Road. This view faces East, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [39]
A summertime view looking East at the same location, © Stephen Craven and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [40]

Our journey runs West to East along a straight section of the old line as far as the B9169.

The road running from the top to the bottom of this map extract was to become the B9169. The coming of the railway meant that the original road location at this point had to be altered to accommodate a railway bridge over the road. After closure of the railway the bridge was removed and the road reverted to its original course. [20]
The ESRI satellite imagery shows the same location in the 21st century. [20]
Looking East from the B9169 in the 21st century. [Google Streetview, March 2022]
Looking West from the B9169, the railway embankment is more visible. [Google Streetview, March 2022]
Looking East along a minor road which now follows the remaining rail embankment. The embankment can be seen on the left. [September 2021]
An old railway bridge to the East of the B9169. It appears on the left of the map extract below. It carried the Fortrose Branch presumably over a farm track under the railway, now rather overgrown, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [43]
With the line continuing East on embankment it first crossed a cattle creep and then a lane, as shown here in this extract from the 1904 25″ OS survey. [21]
The same length of the line in the 21st century on the NLS provided ESRI satellite imagery. [21]
Looking Northwest from the minor road at the point on the right side of the satellite image where the road turns to the Southeast. This photo shows the rail embankment running above and beyond the road across the image. [Google Streetview, September 2021]

For a short length the old railway formation has been ploughed back into farmland. The next image looks back along the line of the old railway from a point further to the East.

This image looks East from the point where the modern farm track comes back to run parallel to the old railway route. [Google Streetview, 2012]
Just a short distance further to the East the track turns up onto the old railway formation. This is the view back East from that point. [Google Streetview, 2012]
Further East again, a track crossed the old line by means of a stone bridge. [23]
The same location in the 21st century – the track entering from the left of this extract from the NLS ESRI satellite imagery occupies the old railway formation before slipping off to the North side of the line as the old line runs in cutting to pass under the accommodation bridge which sits just to the right of the centre of the image. To the West of the track, the line disappears in cutting into Spital Wood. [23]
The view East along the old railway alignment from a point close to the Eastern edge of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, 2012]
Here, looking East, the modern farm track leaves the railway alignment which runs ahead into a. Cutting and then under an accommodation bridge. [Google Streetview, 2012]
A little further East along the old railway formation. The dead tree which is prominent in this image can be seen in the image immediately above. The parapets of the bridge seem here appear on the next two photographs, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [37]
The accommodation bridge parapets, seen from the South. [Google Streetview, 2012]
The same bridge parapets seen from the North. [Google Streetview, 2012]
Looking West towards Muir of Ord from the bridge in the images above, © Julian Paren and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [71]

After passing under the accommodation bridge, the old line ran east in cutting through what is now Spital Wood. Then, ” curving east-north-eastwards,” Jenkins tells us, “the railway continued to Redcastle (3 miles 58 chains), where the single-platform station was equipped with a full range of accommodation for goods, passengers, and livestock traffic.” [1: p49]

After a few hundred metres in cutting, the line had a short length close to the surrounding ground levels where a siding was provided. I have not been able to establish what function this short siding and its adjacent buildings performed. [24]
A closer view of the same facility, trains heading towards Fortrose would need to lay bay into the siding to release wagons. [24]
The same location as seen on modern satellite imagery, now surrounded by Spiral Wood. [24]
Old railway bridge, in Spittal Wood – a small bridge under the old railway line close to the siding above, now fenced off, and a bit overgrown with bushes, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [41]
A second underbridge, just a short distance to the East of the bridge above, it is a small bridge under the old railway line, this was probably a cattle creep. The bridge is now fenced off with a ditch running underneath, and partly blocked by trees, ©  Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [42]

A typical old fence post alongside the line of the old railway in Spittal Wood, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [36]
At the East end of Spiral Woods looking East along the old railway, © Valenta and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [35]
A little to the East of Spittal Wood, this view North across the fields by Blairdhu shows a cattle creep which passed under the line at this point, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [45]
The next significant structure was a bridge carrying the line over an access track. [25]
The same location in the 21st century. [25]
An access over bridge provided when the line was built. [26]
The same location in the 21st century. [26]
Just to the Southwest of Redcastle Station a minor road bridged the line. [27]

Pictures of the station soon after closure can be seen on the Canmore website, here [46] and here. [47]

The same location. In the 21st century. [27]
Redcastle Railway Station seen from across the adjacent field. This is the only remaining station building on the Fortrose Branch (Black Isle Railway). When this photograph was taken in 2014 it was the offices of Nansen Highland, a charity providing training for young people. It continues to serve in this way, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [38]
Redcastle Station building seen from the approach road. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
This extract shows the full length of the Redcastle Station site. [27]
And this image shows the site in the 21st century. [27]
The route of the old railway line, heading from Redcastle Station towards Linnie. This was the site of a goods yard, with several sidings just to the left here. Some parts of the platforms remain, now hidden amongst the trees, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [44]

Beyond [Redcastle], trains climbed towards the 250ft contour, the line’s modest summit of around 260ft above mean sea level being sited near the next station at Allangrange. Situated some 5 miles 39 chains from the junction, Allangrange was another fully-equipped station with provision for a range of goods traffic.” [1: p49]

The line continued in an East-northeast direction towards Allangrange Railway Station. [28]
The same area as shown on the 21st century NLS ESRI satellite imagery. [28]
Looking Southwest along the old railway towards Redcastle Station from the minor road towards the left of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, April 2011]
Looking Northeast along the old railway towards Fort from the minor road towards the left of the satellite image above. [Google Streetview, April 2011]
Looking Southwest along the line of the old railway from the A832. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Northeast along the line of the old railway from the A832. [Google Streetview, July 2008]
Again, still heading East-northeast, trains drew closer to Allangrange Railway Station. [29]
The same area in the 21st century. [29]

The line curved round from an East-northeast direction to and easterly alignment before entering Allangrange Railway Station.

From the point at which the old line crossed another lane, this is the view back towards Redcastle Station. The tree at the centre of the image on the horizon stand immediately adjacent to the line of the railway. [
Little can be seen looking towards Allangrange Railway Station from the minor road as the rail alignment close to the road is overwhelmed by vegetation. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
The line curved round to run in an easterly direction through Allangrange Railway Station which had a reasonable sized goods yard to the West of the passenger facilities. [30]

The same location in the 21st century. The major road at the West end of the old station site is the modern A9 dual carriageway. [30]
This is the view East along the line of the old railway from the A9 dual carriageway. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Noe looking East from the A9 through the trees and through the site of Allangrange Railway Station. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking West from the old A9 into Allangrange Station site. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking East from the old A9 towards Fortrose. [Google Streetview, March 2023]

Beyond Allangrange Station, and heading east-north-eastwards again, “the single-line railway descended towards Munlochy (8 miles 2 chains) which, like the other intermediate stations on the Fortrose branch, was fully-equipped for all forms of goods traffic.” [1: p49]

Another overbridge to the East-northeast of Allangrange Railway Station. [31]
The same location in the 21st century. [31]
A little further East-northeast, an accommodation overbridge was provided over the old railway. [32]
The same location in the 21st century. [32]
A farm track runs parallel to the dismantled railway line which ran to the left of this image, © Julian Paren and licensed for reuse under this Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [52]
The line ran through the village of Munlochy and onto  Munlochy Railway Station. [33]
Munlochy in the 21st century. [33]
Bridge over the long-disused railway line approaching Munlochy, © Juliian Paren and licensed for reuse under s Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [50]
Close to Munlochy, this view looks Southwest from Littleburn along the line of the old railway. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
Looking Northwest on Littleburn. The old railway ran across this image behind the building featured. [Google Streetview,July 2011]
Looking Southwest approximately along the line of the old railway from Station Brae towards what was a bridge over Littleburn. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Northeast along Station Road, Munlochy. The railway ran on the Northwest side of the road. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Munlochy Railway Station on the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1904. [34]
The same area in the 21st century, housing now occupies the site of the old railway station. [34]
Further Northeast, another view along Station Road. The passenger station building was on the left here and the station site ran through the location of the houses which are prominent in this image. [Google Streetview, September 2021]

Three images of Munlochy Railway Station can be seen online at http://www.ambaile.co.uk here, [53] here [54] and here. [55] Kind permission has been given to reproduce two of these images in this article.

Munlochy Railway Station looking Northeast. [53]
Munlochy Railway Station, looking Southwest along the platform. [54]
Looking Northeast through the station site from Cameron Crescent. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
Again, looking NorthEast through the station site along Station Court. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
Looking back Southwest from Millbank Road (B9161) through the station site. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking Northeast along the line of the old railway from Millbank Road (B9161) towards Fortrose. The A842 is just to the left. [Google Streetview, March 2023]

From Munlochy the route passed over a small underline bridge, and with the A833 (later A832) road maintaining a parallel course to the left, Fortrose trains reached Avoch Station (11 miles 25 chains).” [1: p49]

To the East of Munlochy the line sat on an embankment above the surrounding fields, it crossed two cattle creeps before the structure shown a few images below. That structure appears on the left of this OS map extract. The track shown on the right of this extract crossed over the line to serve Easter Gateside. The track remains but the buildings are long go ne. The cutting shown here has been infilled. [56]
The same length of the old railway as it appears in the 21st century. [56]
This embankment was built to carry the old railway. The A832 runs immediately alongside the old railway formation. The tree-topped Ord Hill is prominent on the right, © Richard Dorrell and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [48]
The line of the railway between Munlochy and Avoch.in the summer months, © Julian Paren and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [49]
The railway underbridge just to the West of Ord Hill, © Dave Thompson and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [51]
In this view from the A832, the slight mound visible close tot the telegraph pole and against the backdrop of Ord Hill is the location of the bridge which carried the track to Easter Gateside over the old railway. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Further Northeast the line ran through Corrachie Crossing – 25″ Ordance Survey of 1904 (published 1906). [57]
Corrachie Crossing as it appears on the NLS ESRI satellite imagery. [57]
A mile further Northeast the road which would become the A832 crossed above the old railway as shown at the left of this exctract from the 1904 (published 1906) 25″ Ordnance Survey. Immediately beyond the road over rail bridge trains entered Avoch Railway Station. [58]
The same area in the 21st century, the station site has been devloped as a small housing estate. [58]
Looking East through the site of the old railway station at Avoch from the turning head on the estate Road. [Google Streetview, September 2021]
The view East towards the East end of the station site in 2015, © Nigel Thompson and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [59]
Immediatel;y to the East of Avoch Railway Station, the old line crossed Avoch Burn, passed under a road bridge and then over another minor road. [60]
The same area in the 21st century. Another housing estate occupies the route of the old railway. [60]
The old railway bridge over Avoch Burn, Valenta and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [61]

From Avoch, the line continued north-eastwards for a further … three miles to its terminus at Fortrose where, some 13 miles 45 chains from Muir of Ord, journeys came to an end in a surprisingly large station.” [1: p49-51]

To the East of the railway station the line curved first Southeast and then round to the Northeast. [62]
The same area on the ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. [62]
The line ran Northeast through Craig Wood towards Fortrose Railway Station. [63]
The same location alongside the Moray Firth. [63]
A short distance beyond Avoch, looking back to the Southwest, © Bill Harrison and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [67]
Lol oking Southwest along the old railway line in Craig Wood, © Bill Harrison and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [66]
Looking Northeast along the path along the old railway in Craig Wood between Avoch and Fortrose, © Craig Wallace and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [65]
Getting closer to Fortrose, this view looks along the old railway to the Northeast towards Fortrose, © Bill Harrison and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [69]
Close to Fortrose looking back Southwest along the old railway through Craig Wood, © Bill Harrison and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [68]
This extract from the 1904 25′ Ordnance Survey shows Fortrose Railway Station. [64]
The same location in the 21st century. [64]
Fortrose Railway Station site: the view north across the old station forecourt towards the end of the platform and the buffers, with the station building having been to the extreme left. The former weighbridge in the foreground appears to be the only visible evidence of what was here before, © Copyright Nigel Thompson and licensed for reuse under this Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [70]

Fortrose had just one platform on the up side, with a run-round loop to the north and a four-siding goods yard to the south. One of the goods sidings passed through a goods shed, while another served a loading bank; a spur at the west end of the goods yard formed a short headshunt.” [1: p51]

Fortrose Railway passenger station building had “the booking hall and general waiting-room … in the centre part of the building, while the booking office and toilets were housed in the ends. The timber structure was clad in American-style vertical matchboarding, with thin cover strips affixed at each join to produce a ‘ribbed’ effect.” [1: p52] The centre block was recessed between the cross-wings to create a roofed waiting area at the front of the station.

Fortrose Railway Station building and platform on the last day of steam, © Unknown. [72]
Looking Northeast along the platform at Fortrose Railway Station. The local pickup goods has yet to pick up any wagons, © Unknown. [72]
Engine No 14399 ‘Ben Wyvis’ sits at Fortrose Station waiting to depart with its train for Muir of Ord on 4th August 1948, © Unknown. [72]

Additional photographs of the Station can be found on the www.ambaile.co.uk website here, [73] here [74] and here. [75] Kind permission has been given to reproduce these photographs here.

Fortrose Railway Station from the end of the platform in 1912, showing the station building. A branch train is in the platform and a locomotive is on the turntable in the background. [73]
Fortrose Railway Station seen from the Northeast (adjacent to the buffers). Llocomotive No. 57594 is described in the notes for the next image. Here it is about to be turned to take its train back to Muir of Ord. [74]
Locomotive No. 57594 has just been turned and is being readied to haul the last train from Fortrose.
The locomotive is an ex-Caledonian ‘812’ Class 0-6-0, built in August 1900 as CR No. 856, becoming LMS No. 17594 and finally BR No. 57594. It was withdrawn in December 1962. [75]

Decline and Closure

The Fortrose branch was relatively successful. Its passenger services were maintained throughout the LMS era. But the line “became increasingly vulnerable to road competition after World War II, and for this reason its passenger services were withdrawn with effect from 1st October 1951. Goods traffic lingered on for a few more years, but the end came in 1960, with the line being closed to all traffic from 13th June of that year.” [1: p52]

References

  1. Stanley Jenkins; Highland Railway Minor Lines: 2; in Rex Kennedy (ed.); Steam Days; Red Gauntlet Publications, Bournemouth, Dorset, January 2002; p48-57.
  2. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fortrose_Branch, accessed on 7th March 2025.
  3. H.A. Vallance, C.R. Clinker and Anthony J. Lambert; The Highland Railway; David & Charles, Newton Abbot, 1985.
  4. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Fortrose_rly.png, accessed on 7th March 2025.
  5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Muir_of_Ord_railway_station, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  6. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.51748&lon=-4.46140&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  7. John Gifford; The Buildings of Scotland, Highland and Islands; Yale University Press, 1992.
  8. Michael Quick; Railway Passenger Stations in Great Britain: A Chronology (PDF) (5th ed.); Railway and Canal Historical Society, London, 2022.
  9. Peter Caton; Remote Stations; Matador, Leicestershire, 2018, p242.
  10. Richard Rooney; Work to start next month on vital Highland bridge replacement; Press and Journal, 14th October 2015; via https://www.pressandjournal.co.uk/fp/news/inverness/722267/work-to-start-next-month-on-vital-bridge-replacement, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  11. https://www.georgeleslie.co.uk/projects/muir-ord-railway-bridge-replacement, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  12. Martyn Brailsford; Railway Track Diagrams 1: Scotland & Isle of Man (6th ed.); Trackmaps, Frome, December 2017 (1st edition was 1987), Map 18C.
  13. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9to-7k8BYsw, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  14. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27761, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  15. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2485366, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  16. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2485360, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  17. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=57.52018&lon=-4.45449&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  18. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.52138&lon=-4.44706&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=83, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  19. https://themuirhub.org/walks-around-the-muir, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  20. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.52118&lon=-4.43217&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 24th March 2025.
  21. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.52121&lon=-4.42751&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  22. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.9&lat=57.52093&lon=-4.41841&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=91, accessed on 26th March 2025.
  23. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.9&lat=57.52082&lon=-4.41692&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  24. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.52054&lon=-4.40763&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  25. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.52308&lon=-4.39050&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  26. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.7&lat=57.52588&lon=-4.37867&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  27. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.4&lat=57.52846&lon=-4.36778&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  28. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.53157&lon=-4.35467&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  29. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.53479&lon=-4.34343&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  30. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.53615&lon=-4.32768&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  31. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.54145&lon=-4.30038&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  32. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.54524&lon=-4.28371&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  33. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.54982&lon=-4.26387&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  34. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.3&lat=57.55170&lon=-4.26085&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  35. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5872795, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  36. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3847775, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  37. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3552936, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  38. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3840210, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  39. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3420066, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  40. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6777852, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  41. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3840181, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  42. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3843627, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  43. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2660345, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  44. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3840241, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  45. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3840264, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  46. https://canmore.org.uk/collection/435134, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  47. https://canmore.org.uk/collection/435135, accessed on 27th March 2025.
  48. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3796578, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  49. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6893634, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  50. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3389352, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  51. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7755584, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  52. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6833474, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  53. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/cdn/highlife/previews/93/de6b4a84015a3dc994419527853a0730/5/17b67afcae996d41df5ce9c0c0f85799/27778.jpg, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  54. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/cdn/highlife/previews/93/8714e03bf00f9f3da55ddabcc2a96a2b/5/37a6facb1be1e10521780c5190e0b68a/27775.jpg, accessed the on 29th March 2025.
  55. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/15KnbQPdre, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  56. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.5&lat=57.55560&lon=-4.23886&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=91, accessed on 29th March 2025.
  57. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.56245&lon=-4.21449&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  58. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.56910&lon=-4.18718&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  59. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/4413772, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  60. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.56931&lon=-4.17724&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  61. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5570187, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  62. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.2&lat=57.56924&lon=-4.16934&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  63. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.57417&lon=-4.15474&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  64. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=57.58180&lon=-4.13470&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  65. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7596643, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  66. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7166928, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  67. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7169674, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  68. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7166914, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  69. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7169691, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  70. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/4413804, accessed on 31st March 2025.
  71. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3883075, accessed on 1st April 2025.
  72. http://www.fortroseandrosemarkiearchive.org/groups.asp?id=, accessed on 1st April 2025
  73. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27308, accessed on 1st April 2025.
  74. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27303/1/EN27303-fortrose-station-from-the-east-end.htm, accessed on 1st April 2025.
  75. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27302, accessed on 1st April 2025.

The Highland Railway – Part 4 – The Strathpeffer Branch

The featured image above shows Strathpeffer Railway Station in 1928. Locomotive No. 16118, one of a class of three locos designed by William Stroudley. Built in 1869 at the Highland Railway’s Lochgorm works in Inverness, they became known as ‘Lochgorm Tanks’ and this loco carried the number 56 when first built and the name ‘Balnain’, and later ‘Dornoch’. All three passed to the LMS in 1923 when they lost their names and are widely believed to be the basis of the LBSCR Terrier design that Stroudley produced later in his career. This loco and sister No. 16383 were broken up in 1927, although the third lasted until 1932, © John Mann Collection, used with the kind permission of Nick Catford. [30]

Stanley Jenkins comments: “Situated at the head of a fertile valley some five miles inland from the Cromarty Firth, Strathpeffer was once famous as a health spa and fashionable holiday resort. Although the medicinal value of the local mineral springs had been known for many years, the village did not really develop until the Victorian era when the Countess of Cromartie was instrumental in creating a Central European-style spa in this remote part of Scotland.” [1: p53]

When the first section of the Dingwall & Skye Railway opened on 19th August 1870 the Strathpeffer area became much better connected. However, the new line ran well to the North of the village. The line had a station named ‘Strathpeffer’ but it was 2 miles from the spa and at a much higher level. The station ended up in that location because of the opposition of a local landowner to a far better route for the Dingwall & Skye line, which would have passed through the village. The result was a steeply inclined (1 in 50) line climbing to the summit at Raven Rock

The distant station meant that the increasingly popular spa had to provide a horse-drawn road service for increasing numbers of upper-middle class clients. Stanley Jenkins tells us that “It soon became clear … that a direct rail link was needed. Meanwhile, in 1880 the Dingwall & Skye Railway was merged with the Highland Railway, and following this development it was agreed that a short branch line would be built to Strathpeffer. The proposed line would follow a route similar to that suggested for the Dingwall & Skye Railway in the 1860s, albeit with a terminal station in Strathpeffer, rather than a through station as originally planned. Accordingly, on 28th July 1884 powers were obtained for the construction of a 2 mile 38 chain railway from Fodderty Junction, on the Dingwall & Skye Railway, to Strathpeffer. The authorised line ran west-south-westwards across easy terrain towards its destination, and with few physical obstacles to hinder the work of construction good progress was made. The single-track branch was opened on 3rd June 1885, the original Strathpeffer station on the Dingwall & Skye route having been renamed Achterneed just two days earlier.” [1: p53]

The Strathpeffer Branch ran from Fodderty Junction (on the Dingwall & Skye Railway) to Strathpeffer, © Afterbrunel and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [7]

The line was single-track and had no intermediate stations. As there was no station at Fodderty Junction, trains ran to and from Dingwall. Jenkins comments that the railway terminated at Strathpeffer “in a spacious terminus, while at Dingwall the Highland Railway company provided a new junction station with much improved facilities.” [1: p53]

Jenkins notes that lines like that serving Strathpeffer “attracted a certain amount of excursion and leisure traffic during the Edwardian period. Indeed, the Strathpeffer branch was albeit briefly – served by a ‘named’ train. In 1911, the ‘Strathpeffer Spa Express’ was introduced as a special Tuesdays-only working that left Aviemore at 2.30pm and ran non-stop to Dingwall; the train then continued westwards to Strathpeffer, with an arrival time of 4.15pm. This prestigious service ran in conjunction with a train that left Perth at 11.50pm, the idea being that through travellers would be able to reach their hotels with time to wash and change before dinner. Curiously there was no corresponding up service, and one assumes that travellers were expected to return southwards on normal branch services. A similar through service was available on Saturdays during the Edwardian period; this working normally left Inverness at 3.00pm, and it called intermediately at Beauly, Muir of Ord, and Dingwall. In the up direction the balancing southbound service departed from Strathpeffer at around 8.15pm. These through workings catered primarily for visitors to the larger hotels in Strathpeffer, and in this context it is interesting to note that the Highland Railway opened its own hotel in 1911. The through services were withdrawn at the start of World War I, the ‘Strathpeffer Spa Express’ being deleted in 1915, while the Inverness through trains ran for the last time in 1914.” [1: p53]

The Route from Dingwall to Strathpeffer

The Station approach at Dingwall Railway Station. Ferry Road bridges the railway at the North end of the station platforms. This map extract is taken from the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [14]
The same location action as it appears on the 21st century ESRI satellite imagery provided by the National Library of Scotland (NLS). [14]
View of Dingwall Station exterior, showing the unusual War Memorial, to the Seaforth Highlanders, © Ben Brooksbank and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [12]
Dingwall Station exterior and station approach in 2021. The war memorial can be seen on the right of the photo. [Google Streetview, September 2021]

The two extracts below from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1904 give an overview of Dingwall Railway Station and village. The full length of the station site and the junction of the line to Skye are included on this extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the turn of the 20th century. [14]

Jenkins notes that “In its later years the route was treated as a minor branch line, with a service of around half a dozen trains each-way between Strathpeffer and the junction station at Dingwall. The latter station was opened on 11th June 1862 when the first section of the Inverness & Ross-shire Railway was brought into operation. In its early years the station was a very basic affair which hardly seemed appropriate for the county town of Ross & Cromarty. The station became a junction following the opening of the Dingwall & Skye Railway on 19th August 1870, but Dingwall did not reach its fully-developed form until the construction of the Strathpeffer line in the following decade.” [1: p55]

Jenkins tells us that “In view of the importance attached to the Strathpeffer scheme, it was decided that new and much-improved station buildings would be constructed, while a separate bay platform was installed at the north end of the station for use by terminating branch trains. The new station building was in effect a de-luxe version of the usual Highland Railway design, stone being utilised instead of the normal timber construction, while the building was given a substantial glass & iron platform canopy formed of seven transverse bays. The up and down platforms were linked by a lattice girder footbridge, and there was a small waiting-room block on the up side.” [1: p55]

Dingwall Engine Shed, seen from Station Road in 1957. The locomotive is ex-Caledonian Pickersgill 3P 4-4-0 No. 54471, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [10]
View eastward from Station Road of the engine shed at Dingwall station: a smart ex-Caledonian 2P 0-4-4T No. 55199 – with a member of staff preparing for the next job. The signal box on the East side of the running lines appears on the left of this image, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [11]
Another enlarged extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey which shows the relative positions of the engine shed and signal box at the South end of Dingwall Station. Station Road is on the left of the image. The goods yard shown I. The image below sits on the West side of the running lins between the engine shed and the passenger facilities to the North. [14]
In the goods yard south of Dingwall station, WR/GWR ‘1600’ class 0-6-0T No. 1649 (built 5/51, withdrawn 12/62) is ending its short life at Dingwall, having been brought up to work the Dornoch branch after all the main lines had turned over to Diesel operation, © Ben Brooksbank and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence CC BY-SA 2.0). [13]

Some further images of Dingwall Railway Station can be found on these links:

https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1B5bvwzurx/

https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1BgRLTgWpf/

https://www.facebook.com/share/p/14yFzJMksL/

https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1A7huVFWg6/

https://www.facebook.com/share/p/14pRHqrEUB/

Looking South through Dingwall Railway Station in the 21st century, © Dave Fergusson and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [9]
A postcard image looking North through Dingwall Railway Station, © Highland Railway Society, © Public Domain. [16]

The track layout at Dingwall incorporated a number of loops and sidings, while the goods yard contained a range of facilities for all forms of traffic including coal, livestock, vehicles, and general merchandise; a 4ton yard crane was capable of dealing with timber or other large or heavy consignments. The station was signalled from two standard Highland Railway signal cabins known as Dingwall South and Dingwall North boxes.” [1: p55-56]

The junction between the line to Kyle of Lochalsh and the line North to Wick. The line to the North of the station, bridges the River Peffery (which is still tidal at this point) just to the South of the junction. Strathpeffer trains followed the Kyle of Lochalsh line to the West as far as Fodderty Junction. This is an extract from the ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS. [14]
The road from Dingwall to Strathpeffer crossed the line at a level crossing. The crossing-keepers cottage can be seen on the South side of the railway line, to the East of the road. This is another extract from the 25″ Ordnance Survey from the early years of the 20th century. [19]
The same area on the 21st century ESRI satellite imagery. [19]
Looking North along the A834 through the level crossing with the Kyle of Lochalsh railway line. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking East from the A834 at the level crossing with the Kyle of Lochalsh railway line. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking West from the A834 at the same location. [Google Streetview, March 2023]

Jenkins tells us that, “On departure from Dingwall, branch trains proceeded westwards along the Kyle of Lochalsh line for a distance of 2 miles 22 chains. At Fodderty Junction the Strathpeffer route continued westwards, whereas the Kyle line turned sharply north-westwards on its way to Raven Rock Summit.” [1: p55-56]

These two images show the location of Fodderty Junction. The first is an extract from the 25″Ordnance Survey from the early years of the 20th century. It shows both the line to Kyle of Lochalsh (turning away to the North) and the Strathpeffer Branch heading West. The lower image is the same area in the 21st century extracted from the ESRI satellite imagery provided by the NLS. The line to Kyle of Lochalsh remains. The line to Strathpeffer has become a public footpath. [15]
Looking West through Fodderty Junction. The old breach line runs towards the distant trees near the centre of the image, the Kyle line remains and is curving towards the North. © Peter Moore and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [22]

Immediately to the North of Fodderty Junction, just off the top edge of the two images above, the Kyle of Lochalsh line crosses the modern A834 – the road from Dingwall to Strathpeffer.

Looking West along the A834 through the bridge carrying the Kyle of Lochalsh line. [Google Streetview, March 2023]
Looking East underground the same railway bridge crossing the A834 close to Fodderty Junction. The A834 is a relatively short (approximately 7 miles) A-road between Dingwall and Contin, passing through Strathpeffer. The foliage is lush in this image which was taken on 21st June 2022, © David Dixon and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [20]

Until 1936, Fodderty Junction was worked from a small signalbox controlling home and distant signals in each direction, as well as the junction points. The junction was later operated by a hand generator from Dingwall North Box, with key-token operation on the ‘main-line’ section between Dingwall North and Achterneed, and one-engine-in-steam working for branch trains between Dingwall North and Strathpeffer. This mode of operation presented certain problems in that there had to be various ‘fail-safe’ arrangements between the two systems of single-line working. The Strathpeffer branch was therefore worked by a Tyer’s Occupation Key, which prevented conflicting movements on the main line between Dingwall North and Fodderty Junction, and ensured the safe operation of the one engine-in-steam section between Fodderty Junction and Strathpeffer.” [1: p56]

Fodderty Junction Signal Box was reopened in June 1940 in connection with heavy wartime traffic on the Kyle of Lochalsh line. This situation pertained until August 1944, when the box was again closed. The box itself was a typical Highland Railway structure, while a small stone cottage was available nearby for the benefit of the signalman and his family.” [1: p56]

The footpath/right-of-way on the South side of the Kyle of Lochalsh line drops down to run along the route of the old branch line, © Craig Wallace and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [21]
Looking West again a few hundred metres further along the route of the old railway, © Richard Dorrell and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [24]

Having gained their own line at Fodderty Junction, branch trains proceeded generally westwards along the south side of a fertile valley. The route was not quite straight, and as the railway approached its destination the single line was heading approximately west-south-westwards. Slowing for the final approach to the terminus, down trains passed a fixed distant signal, after which they came to rest in an attractive station, some 2 miles 38 chains from Fodderty Junction and 4 miles 60 chains from the start of the journey at Dingwall.” [1: p56]

Incidentally, for those who are unfamiliar with the full range of imperial units, a ‘chain’ is 22 yards in length (66 feet) and there are 80 chains to one mile. Initially the length of a chain varied between different jurisdictions but standardisation occurred in 1824 with the introduction of the imperial system of units. [2] A 66 ft. chain was made up of 100 links. [3]

This bridge was built in 1884, and carries a farm track over the now dismantled Strathpeffer branch of the Dingwall and Skye railway, © Richard Dorrell and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [23]
A few hundred metres short of the Strathpeffer Railway Station throat, three paths: to the right is a path up to Knockfarrel and Dingwall, to the left Strathpeffer and Achterneed. Straight ahead is the former railway branch to Dingwall, © Jim Barton and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [25]
Looking West towards the Station, © Jim Barton and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [26]
The Peffery Way is the name of a new waking/cycling route connecting Dingwall and Strathpeffer, following the course of the old railway line.  This is the view West along the old railway from the East end of the Strathpeffer Railway Station site, © David Dixon and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [27]

The journey along the branch was relatively easy work for the locomotives employed. The approximately 2.5 miles to the terminus at Strathpeffer was on easy grades.

The final few tens of metres of the branch, this view looks West through the Station site at Strathpeffer, © Sylvia Duck worth and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [28]
Strathpeffer and its railway station as it appeared on the 25″ Ordnance Survey of the early 20th century. [17]
The same area as it appears on the 21st century ESRI satellite imagery from the NLS. The station area and the route of the old railway can easily be made out. [17]

Like other Highland Railway branch-line stations Strathpeffer was well laid-out, with a lengthy platform for passenger traffic on the up side and a small goods yard on the down side of the line. The platform line was flanked by an engine-release road, which was equipped with a short dead-end spur at its western end. Although only one platform was provided, there was sufficient space for a second platform on the down side if traffic requirements had ever justified such a facility. There was a short loading dock beside the spur at the end of the run-round loop, and this could, if necessary, have been extended eastwards to form a second full-length platform.” [1: p56]

The station building was similar to those at other Highland branch-line terminals, albeit somewhat larger. This typical single-storey timber-framed structure was clad in the usual vertical weatherboarding, while its low-pitched slated roof was punctuated by an array of squat chimney stacks. As at Dingwall, an extensive ridge & furrow platform canopy was provided, eleven transverse bays being supported on a dozen vertical iron columns with ornate quatrefoil spandrels. The Highland Railway was not, by any definition, a rich company, and the provision of this lavishly-appointed station underlined the company’s commitment to the development of passenger traffic at Strathpeffer.” [1: p56]

https://canmore.org.uk/collection/44840 shows Stroudley 0-6-0 saddletank locomotive LMS 16118 (originally named ‘Balnain’ and later ‘Dornoch’) in Strathpeffer Station. [NB. This image can only be viewed on canmore.org.uk website as is not available for download.]

Looking East from beyond the buffer stops at Strathpeffer Railway Station., © Public Domain.[18]
Highland Railway No. 25 “Strathpeffer”, arriving at Strathpeffer from Dingwall circa 1910, © Public Domain, courtesy of Highland Railway Society. This image was shared on the Am Baile – Highland History and Culture Facebook Page on 23rd February 2016. [29]

The goods yard contained three dead-end sidings, one of which passed through a typical Highland Railway timber goods shed while another terminated alongside a raised loading bank. The yard was entered by means of a siding connection on the up side of the running line, the single turnout facing the direction of down trains. The main form of goods traffic handled here was domestic coal for consumption in the nearby hotels and guest houses, although it seems likely that a considerable amount of building material would have been handled at Strathpeffer during the Victorian period when many new buildings were being erected in the immediate vicinity.” [1: p56]

The terminus was signalled from a small signal cabin on the down side of the run-round loop. The box contained an 11-lever frame with three spare levers. There was just one working signal, this being an up starting signal that was locked in the ‘danger’ position when the key token for the Dingwall North to Strathpeffer section was placed in the Strathpeffer key-token instrument. As a further safety measure a catch-point and sand-drag was provided beside the starting signal, and once set for the sand-drag the catch-point could not be reset until the key-token had been withdrawn from the Strathpeffer instrument.” [1: p57]

Other features of interest at Strathpeffer station included a water tank and a well-built stone cottage for the stationmaster, both of these structures being situated to the south of the platform on the down side of the line. The station was well-sited in relation to the village (or ‘The Strath’, as it was known locally), and visitors arriving by train did not have far to walk in order to reach their hotels.” [1: p57]

Strathpeffer was well-equipped with shops, golf courses, gardens and a pump room, all of these amenities being designed to cater for the needs of upper-middle class Victorian visitors.” [1: p57]

Sadly, the heyday of Strathpeffer as a fashionable resort came to an end with the outbreak of war in August 1914, and in retrospect the LMS era was a period of slow but inexorable decline. Passenger services lingered on until the end of World War II, but the end came on 23rd February 1946 from which date the railway was closed to passenger traffic. Goods services continued until March 1951, after which the branch was closed in its entirety. Demolition was soon accomplished, but the once-elegant station building at Strathpeffer survived in a derelict condition.” [1: p57]

Strathpeffer Railway Station remains in 1956, © Walter Dendy and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [8]
This image is held in the Canmore Collection and embedded in this article. It shows Strathpeffer Railway Station building in the 1970s is an abandoned state, © HES (Reproduced courtesy of J R Hume) and made available by the collection under licence. [6]


In due course the delights of Strathpeffer were rediscovered by spa enthusiasts, conservationists, and students of Victorian architecture, and in recent years the Spa Pavilion and other buildings have been lovingly restored. Happily, the station building was sufficiently intact to attract funding for its restoration, and in 1980 this timber-framed Highland Railway structure was reopened as a craft centre and museum. In its new role, the restored station forms a fitting memorial, not only to the Strathpeffer line, but also to the other minor lines that once abounded in this corner of Scotland.” [1: p57]

The restored Strathpeffer Railway Station building in 2011, © Ruth as and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 3.0)
Another view of the restored Strathpeffer Railway Station building, © MarionE. [4]
A final view of the station building in the 21st century, featuring the restored platform canopy. [5]

References

  1. Stanley Jenkins; Highland Railway Minor Lines: 2; in Rex Kennedy (ed.); Steam Days; Red Gauntlet Publications, Bournemouth, Dorset, January 2002; p48-57.
  2. William John Macquorn Rankine; A Manual of Civil Engineering (2nd ed.); Griffin Bohn & Company, London, 1863, p3.
  3. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chain_(unit), accessed on 15th March 2025.
  4. https://www.tripadvisor.co.uk/Attraction_Review-g551820-d1674152-Reviews-Highland_Museum_of_Childhood-Strathpeffer_Ross_and_Cromarty_Scottish_Highlands_Sc.html#/media/1674152/?albumid=-160&type=ALL_INCLUDING_RESTRICTED&category=-160, accessed on 15th March 2025.
  5. https://buzztrips.co.uk/posts/strathpeffer-railway-station-and-the-museum-of-childhood-memories/#google_vignette, accessed on 15th March 2025.
  6. https://canmore.org.uk/collection/440389, accessed on 15th March 2025.
  7. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Strathpeffer_railway_station#/media/File%3AStrathpeffer_1885.png, accessed on 15th March 2025.
  8. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Strathpeffer_railway_station#/media/File%3AStrathpeffer%2C_remains_of_station_1956_(geograph_5320831).jpg, accessed on 15th March 2025.
  9. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dingwall_railway_station#/media/File%3ADingwall_Railway_Station_-_geograph.org.uk_-_2996558.jpg, accessed on 15th March 2025.
  10. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2124565, accessed on 15th March 2025.
  11. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2224093, accessed on 15th March 2025.
  12. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1737205, accessed on 15th March 2025.
  13. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2565738, accessed on 15th March 2025.
  14. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.5&lat=57.59514&lon=-4.42297&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  15. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.0&lat=57.59805&lon=-4.47179&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  16. https://www.ambaile.org.uk/asset/27101, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  17. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.4&lat=57.59082&lon=-4.53233&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100&marker=54.16252,-2.44953, accessed on 21st March 2025.
  18. https://www.ullapoolmuseum.co.uk/wolb-mary-marjorie-macdonald, accessed on 21st March 2025.
  19. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.6&lat=57.59982&lon=-4.43917&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 21st March 2025.
  20. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7326140, accessed on 21st March 2025.
  21. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6903102, accessed on 21st March 2025.
  22. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2329836, accessed on 23rd March 2025.
  23. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/4288961, accessed on 23rd March 2025.
  24. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/4289036, accessed on 23rd March 2025.
  25. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5941209, accessed on 23rd March 2025.
  26. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/5941214, accessed on 23rd March 2025.
  27. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/7213775, accessed on 23rd March 2025.
  28. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1023122, accessed on 23rd March 2025.
  29. https://www.facebook.com/share/1E6af9PaC2, accessed on 23rd March 2025.
  30. http://www.disused-stations.org.uk/s/strathpefferhttp://www.disused-stations.org.uk/s/strathpeffer/, accessed on 23rd March 2025.

Rt. Revd. Eric Treacy MBE LLD

Flicking through a number of old magazines passed to me by a friend here in Telford, I came across a supplement published by The Railway Magazine in December 1990, “Eric Treacy: The Classic Years.” [1]

Treacy’s photographs are now in the National Archive collection at Kew They are ©Crown Copyright and covered by an Open Government Licence which permits copying of images in the collection for non-commercial use. This covers the photographs from the collection which were reproduced in the 1990 supplement.

The Rt. Revd. Eric Treacy MBE, LLD, Lord Bishop of Wakefield from 1968 until 1976, died on Appleby Station on 13th May 1978. He left behind a large collection of railway photographs, taken over more than four decades.

‘Railway photographer. Pastor to railway men. Lover of life and railways’. This memorial plaque can be found at Appleby Railway Station, where he died in 1978, © RuthAS and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY 3.0). [2]

In 1932, he was ordained deacon in the Church of England and priest a year later, serving as curate at Liverpool parish church from 1932 to 1934. [4] Wikipedia tells that “he took up railway photography, being inspired by visiting Liverpool Lime Street and getting to know his parishioners who worked on the railway. His photographic work appeared in various magazines during the 1930s.” [3]

His railway photography “was interrupted by the Second World War when he served as Military Chaplain. On 12th March 1940, he was commissioned as Chaplain to the Forces 4th Class (equivalent to captain). [5] On 10th May 1945, it was announced that Treacy had been Mentioned in Despatches ‘in recognition of gallant and distinguished services in North West Europe’. [6] He was promoted to a Chaplain to the Forces 3rd Class (equivalent to major). On 24th January 1946, he was appointed a Member of the Order of the British Empire (MBE).” [7][3]

In 1946 Treacy published his first book which contained images of L.M.S. locomotives. [8] On demobilisation he became Rector of Keighley and in 1949 was appointed Archdeacon of Halifax. [9] In 1961, he became Bishop of Pontefract [3] and in 1968, Treacy became Bishop of Wakefield. [1: p2]

The Railway Magazine Supplement  comments that Treacy was “a devout man of the church as well as a talented lineside photographer (and frequent footplate passenger!) his atmospheric work never failed to portray his passionate love of railways, quickly establishing him as one of Britain’s foremost railway photographers.” [1: p2]

By 1935, “he was sending work regularly to The Railway Magazine signed ‘Rev E. Treacy, 2 Edge Lane, Liverpool’, showing London Midland & Scottish trains, many of them still worked by former London & North Western Railway locomotives, around that great city. Shap was an early discovery, and he spent many hours walking the fells and awaiting Anglo-Scottish expresses as they slogged their way to the summit. The zenith of his work undoubtedly came with the Stanier Pacifics, and to those who remember, it is virtually impossible to think of Eric Treacy without also the thunderous reminder of a ‘Princess Royal’ or ‘Coronation’ Pacific unleashing its full fury against that formidable climb with 15 bogies and more in tow.” [1: p2]

Lorna Hogger says that “Treacy befriended drivers and firemen in his congregation and often persuaded them to make smoke effects for his pictures. … He took time to plan his photographs days in advance, checking the weather and position of the sun at the time the train was due, and coming to know the locations well. Treacy rarely took unplanned shots, the equipment and large glass negatives being too expensive for acting on impulse.” [8]

Lorna Hogger also tells us that Treacy “joined the Railway Photographic Society in 1935, but unlike many of his peers he described his pictures as ‘emotional rather than technical’, enabling him to create stunning landscapes. This is evident in the photograph below which shows a goods train crossing the Ribblehead Viaduct.” [8]

A goods train crossing the Ribblehead Viaduct, North Yorkshire, c 1950s, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [8]
Embed from Getty Images
WD Class 8F 2-8-0 steam locomotive, circa. 1958, approaching Blea Moor signal box on the Settle and Carlisle line with a freight train of empty anhydrite hopper wagons, in British Railways service. WD locomotives were designed for wartime service overseas during WW2 and were later used on domestic British lines, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [11]
‘The ultimate expression of British steam power and one of Treacy’s crowning glories, came in this classic composition of immaculate Stanier Pacific No. 46230 ‘Duchess of Buccleuch’ bearing the tartan headboard of a down ‘Royal Scot’ powering cleanly towards Beattick Summit. This photograph was sent to the Railway Magazine in March 1957, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [1: p12-13]
Only a handful of ‘Royal Scot’ 4-6-0s remained in their original parallel boiler guide when Treacy took this photograph of No. 46147 ‘The Prince of Wales’s Volunteers (South Lancashire)’ heading a Birmingham to Glasgow train near Beattock, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [1: p21]
Embed from Getty Images
The ‘City of Liverpool’ with a northbound express train. This Coronation Class steam locomotive No 46247 was photographed by Treacy as it left Tebay, Cumbria, on the West Coast Main Line to Scotland. It was built at Crewe Works in 1943 for the London, Midland & Scottish Railway, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [10]

The Railway Magazine Supplement continues: “No less atmospheric were his photographs of departures from major stations: think of Treacy, and sooty masterpieces of ‘Royal Scot’ or ‘Patriot’ 4-6-0s getting to grips with heavy trains at the foot of the deep rock cuttings out of Liverpool Lime Street come to mind, or perhaps an A4 Pacific trying to find its feet at the head of an Edinburgh-bound express at Kings Cross.” [1: p2]

In its original guide as a blue streamliner, ‘Princess Coronation ‘ Pacific No. 6223 ‘Princess Alice’ was photographed at Edge Hill, only a stone’s throw from Treacy’s vicarage in the years between the introduction of the Class and the outbreak of the second world war, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [1: p2]
A4 Pacific No. 60021 ‘Wild Swan’ attached the Harrogate portion to the Leeds portion of the 12.30pm train to London at Leeds Central Station. Treacy sent this photograph to The Railway Magazine in April 1961, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [1: p22]
Embed from Getty Images
Princess Coronation class 4-6-2 steam locomotive No 46244 ‘King George VI’ with the London to Glasgow ‘Royal Scot’ passenger train. Sister engine, the Princess Coronation class 4-6-2 steam locomotive 46231 ‘Duchess of Atholl’, based at Polmadie shed is about to take over for the journey North, © The National Archives, Eric Treacy Collection, reused here under an Open Government Licence. [9]

The Railway Magazine Supplement concludes: “Throughout the transformation of the ‘Big Four’ to British Railways, and into modernisation when diesel locomotives began appearing on major routes, Treacy was there, and his legacy of ‘Deltics’ at Leeds or ‘Peaks’ on trans-Pennine services have all the richness and imagination of his steam photos.” [1: p2]

Photograph albums of Treacy’s work include:

Canon Eric Treacy; My Best Railway Photographs: No.1 L.M.S.; Ian Allan Ltd, London, 1946.

Eric Treacy; Roaming the Northern Rails; Ian Allan Ltd, London, 1976.

Eric Treacy; Roaming the East Coast Main Line; Ian Allan Ltd, London, 1977.

Eric Treacy; Lure of Steam; Ian Allan, London, 1969, 1980.

Eric Treacy; Glory of Steam;  Ian Allan, London, 1981 (reprint?)

G. Freeman Allen; Great Railway Photographs by Eric Treacy; Peerage Books, London, 1982.

P.B. Whitehouse & G. Freeman Allen; Eric Treacy: Railway Photographer; David and Charles, Newton Abbott, 1983.

P.B. Whitehouse & J. Powell; Treacy’s Routes North; 1985.

P.B. Whitehouse & J. Powell; Treacy’s British Rail; 1990.

Eric Treacy; Portrait of Steam; 1991(reprint).

Eric Treacy; The Best of Eric Treacy; Atlantic Transport Publishers, 1994.

David Jenkinson & Patrick Whitehouse; Eric Treacy’s L.M.S.; Oxford Publishing Company, 1988.

References

  1. Eric Treacy: The Classic Years; in The Railway Magazine (supplement), December 1990.
  2. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Railway_Treacy_Plaque_Appleby_14.06.12R_edited-2.jpg, accessed on 22nd March 2025.
  3. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eric_Treacy, accessed on 22nd March 2025.
  4. Crockford’s clerical directory; Church House, London, 1976.
  5. No. 34809; The London Gazette (Supplement). 8th March 1940, p1462.
  6. No. 37072; The London Gazette (Supplement). 8th May 1945, p2456–2464.
  7. No. 37442; The London Gazette (Supplement). 22nd January 1946, p615–625.
  8. https://blog.railwaymuseum.org.uk/eric-treacy-the-right-reverend-railway-photographer, accessed on 22nd March 2025.
  9. http://www.gettyimages.com/detail/90746857, accessed on 22nd March 2025.
  10. http://www.gettyimages.com/detail/90748392, accessed on 22nd March 2025.
  11. http://www.gettyimages.com/detail/90746931, accessed on 22nd March 2025.

The Caledonian Railway

The featured image above shows a Caledonian Railway West Coast Dining Train hauled by Caledonian Railway 4–6–0 Locomotive No. 49.

Wikipedia tells us that “The Caledonian Railway (CR) was one of the two biggest of the five major Scottish railway companies prior to the 1923 Grouping. It was formed in 1845 with the objective of forming a link between English railways and Glasgow. It progressively extended its network and reached Edinburgh and Aberdeen, with a dense network of branch lines in the area surrounding Glasgow. It was absorbed* into the London, Midland and Scottish Railway in 1923. Many of its principal routes are still used, and the original main line between Carlisle and Glasgow is in use as part of the West Coast Main Line railway (with a modified entry into Glasgow itself).” [3]

* technically the Caley was not ‘absorbed’ but rather ‘amalgamated’ into the LMS.

A Caledonian Railway Express travelling through the Scottish Borders, © Public Domain. [73]

Paul Drew says, “A little after eight o’clock on daylight weekday evenings in the years just before World War I, at Carlisle Citadel Station there was performed a colourful ceremony; it was the arrival from Euston of ‘The 2pm’ the West Coast Anglo-Scottish express par excellence and its making over by the London & North Western Railway (LNWR)to the Caledonian Railway (CR), with a change of engine. The occasion was impressive after sunset too, but the gaslight killed the colours of the locomotives and coaching stock; not only LNW and Caledonian were to be seen, but also Midland, North Eastern, Maryport & Carlisle, North British, and Glasgow & South Western. The seven railways and their several liveries made Carlisle Citadel the epitome of pre-1914 variety and splendour on Britain’s railways. The 2pm was sometimes called ‘The Corridor’ because in the 1890s it was the first West Coast train to include corridor stock.” [1: p4]

Embed from Getty Images
A Dunalastair II Locomotive, northbound with a mixture of the best Caledonian and West Coast joint stock. [86]

He continues: “In would come the 2pm behind an Experiment or, later, a Claughton 4-6-0 in LNWR blackberry black, austere perhaps, with a black tender devoid of identification for everybody should know an LNW engine. The coaches would be lettered WCJS (West Coast Joint Stock) but they would be the latest achievement of LNW design, specially built for the 2pm. The livery would be LNW-cream above the waistline and, below, that indescribable mixture of dark purple and brown; nearby, just for contrast, there might be some Caledonian main-line stock in cream and purple-lake, ruddier than the LNW lower panelling, and wearing the Caledonian coat of arms. (It was far more eloquent heraldry than the groups of shire and city arms favoured by most other companies, signifying among other things the Kingdom and Royal House of Scotland.) The 2pm consisted of seven, or sometimes up to nine, 12-wheel vehicles, with portions for Glasgow Central and Edinburgh Princes Street, which divided at Symington or Strawfrank Junction, or sometimes Carstairs.” [1: p4]

The Caledonian Railway Coat of Arms. [2]

Drew continues his evocative description of a late afternoon and early evening at Carlisle: “The North Western engine would run off into the yard and then would appear a massive eight-wheel Azure-Blue tender bearing on its side the Caledonian arms flanked by the initials CR. Beyond, there would loom into sight the great bulk of one of the Cardean class of inside-cylinder 4-6-0s, perhaps No 903 Cardean itself, a vision of Azure boiler, splashers and cab sides, purple-lake underframes, and scarlet buffer beam, and one of the most powerful and efficient inside-cylinder 4-6-0s, and indeed of any 4-6-0s, of a British railway.” [1: p4]

The CR was the first major railway to adopt a blue livery for its locomotives. The CR adopted the colour in the very early days of the company. Drew tells us that, “the CR’s ‘Azure Blue’ was achieved by mixing white paint at the company’s St Rollox (Glasgow) works with expensive darker blue, to economise; some CR engines painted in the Perth shops were finished in darker blue without the white admixture. Neither livery and especially the lighter has been surpassed by any of the blues essayed by other railways in the later years of steam.” [1: p4]

Embed from Getty Images
Caledonian Railway Class 60 4-6-0 steam locomotive, No 14652, banked by a Caledonian Railway 0-4-4T, No 15163 on the West Coast Main Line in 1935. Travelling into Scotland, the West Coast Main Line faces a formidable climb of ten miles at 1 in 100 from Beattock station to the summit. In steam days nearly all trains were assisted from the rear, as shown in this photograph. The train also appears to consist of ventilated vans and containers for meat traffic. [87]

Drew continues: “Cardean or a sister-engine would be coupled up and, after a blast of the Caley whistle, the miniature foghorn that contrasted so well with the shriller piping of other companies’ locomotives, the express pulled out on its 39.7-mile 44-minute run to Beattock at the foot of the 10-mile Beattock Bank. A stop of only two minutes was allowed at Beattock for buffering up the banking engine and ‘The Corridor’ was off on its next lap to Symington or other point of detachment of the Edinburgh vehicles. Overall timing allowed from Carlisle to Glasgow was 123 minutes, so that the train was due at Central at 22:16, eight hours 16 minutes after leaving Euston, and only one minute after the 84-hour Euston-Glasgow and Kings Cross-Edinburgh timings which the West and East Coast companies had agreed between themselves rather unprogressively after the second series of the so-called Races to the North of 1895.” [1: p4]

Close co-operation between the CR and the LNWR was the order of the day, as was a similar co-operation between The North British Railway and the North Eastern Railway on the east coast of the UK. But Carlisle was the frontier between the two and the Cr was independent of the LNWR in most things.

A general map of the Caledonian Railway network, Public Domain. [4]

In the 1830s and 1840s much thought was given to building a railway from central Scotland to join the growing English railway network. The hilly terrain and sparse population of the Southern Uplands made the choice of route contentious. [5]

Embed from Getty Images
Caledonian Railway 4-6-0 steam locomotive No. 910 on a heavy passenger duty! [90]

Drew tells us that “the Caledonian was conceived as a link between England and central Scotland and Glasgow before the most northerly component of the railways – the Lancaster & Carlisle Railway, eventually amalgamated into the LNWR – was projected. Alone of the four Anglo-Scottish trunk routes proposed in the late 1830s, the CR line from the south. from Carlisle via Annandale and Beattock, forking near Symington for Glasgow and Edinburgh, served both cities equally well. The Annandale route was chosen by that great engineer Joseph Locke. after some hesitation, in preference to the route via Dumfries. Nithsdale and Kilmarnock, which was more or less the alignment of the Glasgow & South Western and could not reach Edinburgh except through industrial Lanarkshire or by a detour through difficult terrain south of Glasgow.” [1: p5]

Wikipedia comments that, “the Caledonian Railway succeeded in opening its line by way of a summit at Beattock in 1847 and 1848. It connected Glasgow and Edinburgh with Carlisle, and there was a branch to connect with another railway to Perth. The approaches to Glasgow were over existing mineral lines, but a superior route was later built.” [5] The Carlisle-Glasgow main line was the Caledonian’s first trunk route. The Caledonian Railway Act received the Royal Assent on 31st July 1845, and the first section was opened from Carlisle to Beattock on 10th September 1847. The two cities of Edinburgh and Glasgow were reached by 15th February 1848. Drew tells us that, “the Glasgow terminus, Buchanan Street, was not opened until the following year. The station first used was Port Dundas, approached over the metals of the Glasgow, Garnkirk & Coatbridge [Railway], which the CR absorbed.” [1:p5]

Wikipedia comments: “Glasgow was reached over the Glasgow, Garnkirk and Coatbridge Railway (successor to the Garnkirk and Glasgow Railway), and the Wishaw and Coltness Railway, which the Caledonian had leased from 1st January 1847 and 1st January 1846 respectively. The Glasgow station was [initially] the Townhead terminus of the Glasgow, Garnkirk and Coatbridge Railway.” [3][8]

Wikipedia continues: “During the process of seeking Parliamentary authorisation, the Caledonian observed that the Clydesdale Junction Railway was being promoted. The Caledonian acquired that line during its construction, and it opened in 1849. It gave an alternative and shorter access to another Glasgow passenger terminal, named South Side, and to the Clyde quays at General Terminus (over the connected General Terminus and Glasgow Harbour Railway). The South Side station was already being used by the Glasgow, Barrhead and Neilston Direct Railway, worked by the Caledonian. One day, they hoped, they might extend that line into Ayrshire. Meanwhile, the line was leased (for 999 years) to the Caledonian in 1849.” [3][8][21][24]

The Caledonian recognised that the Townhead terminus was unsatisfactory and constructed a deviation from Milton Junction to a new Glasgow terminus at Buchanan Street. It opened on 1st November 1849.” [3]

Glasgow Buchanan Street station buildings remained essentially unaltered over the years until their closure to passenger traffic in November 1966 when all remaining services transferred to Queen Street Railway Station.

Glasgow Bauchanan Street Railway Station in 1961. This photograph is taken facing Northeast from Buchanan St. It shows the entrance to the ex-Caledonian terminus,    © Ben Brooksbank and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [6]

Drew comments that the other two routes considered for trunk routes between the central belt of Scotland and the English network were one via the East Coast and the other inland from Newcastle via Hexham. He states that, “by the East Coast route of the North British from Berwick-on-Tweed there was no reasonable alternative to passing through Edinburgh (or through hilly country in its southern suburbs) to get to Glasgow. The fourth projected Anglo-Scottish route was from Newcastle to Edinburgh via Hexham and inland from the eventual East Coast main line; only disjointed branch lines, mostly closed, mark part of its course today.” [1: p5]

The Caledonian’s Edinburgh terminus was originally on Lothian Road. It opened in 1848 and had a single platform which served both arrivals and departures, and a two-road goods shed with a single loading platform. During 1865, the Caledonian was considering how to improve it, and considered making arrangements with the North British Railway to use Waverley Station. The local authority was anxious that there should be a single main station in the city. However the North British was hostile in principle, and the idea came to nothing. [7][8]

Major extension was essential, and “on 2nd May 1870 a new temporary station was opened adjacent to, and to the north of Lothian Road; it was named Princes Street. It was a wooden structure; the Caledonian was short of cash at this time and a more imposing terminal was not affordable. The passenger part of the station now had two platforms.” [7]

During 1890 the wooden terminus building at Princes Street was partly dismantled in preparation for improvement, “when on 16th June a fire broke out, substantially destroying much of the buildings. The new, spacious station accommodation was progressively brought into use in 1893 and 1894; it had nine platforms, and had cost over £250,000. Powers were obtained for building an adjacent hotel, but it was not opened, as the Caledonian Hotel, until December 1903.” [7][8]

The Railway Wonders of the World article about the Caledonian Railway included this image which shows the Glasgow Express about to leave from Princes Street Station in Edinburgh, © Public Domain. [73]

The Caledonian Railway eventually served nearly all the economically important areas of the Lowlands other than the Fife coalfield. It was an outlet to the rest of the UK for trafic from the Northeast – particularly fish. It was in strident competition in and around Glasgow and throughout the central Lowlands with the NBR and GSWR. In Edinburgh, Perth, Dundee and along the coast to Aberdeen it was striving against the NBR, and at Ardrossan it battled against the GSWR. “It had to fight hard for most of its traffic, which comprised coal and other minerals, livestock, distillers’ grain and other agricultural produce; Glasgow and Edinburgh suburban commuters including train and steamer passengers ‘doon the water’ to and from the Clyde coast and islands; Glasgow-Edinburgh and Glasgow-Dundee inter-city passengers; and a high proportion of the Anglo-Scottish freight and passenger traffic because so much of England – for example, the West Riding and the Midlands could be reached equally well by Carlisle and by Berwick.” [1: p7]

Wikipedia comments that “as 1849 drew to a close, the Caledonian Railway had completed its first task: the railway was open from Glasgow and Edinburgh to Carlisle, with through trains running to and from London. Between Glasgow and Edinburgh a competitive service was run, although the Edinburgh and Glasgow Railway completed the journey faster. Carlisle Citadel station was in use, jointly owned with the London and North Western Railway. Through trains ran to Stirling and Perth over the Scottish Central Railway line from Greenhill.” [5]

The 10.00am Glasgow to Carlisle Express at Crawford, © Public Domain. [74]

The Caledonian’s trunk line progressed North towards Aberdeen from Peth and a branch was provided from Perth to Dundee. “Joseph Locke played the chief part in planning and co-ordinating the construction of a series of independent concerns which, after rather complex amalgamations, in 1866 took Caledonian trains into Aberdeen on CR tracks. Chief among them were the Scottish Central [Railway] and the Scottish North Eastern [Railway]. … The relatively low cost of construction through Strathmore and complications involving the North British [Railway] in Angus … influenced the main route eastwards from Perth via Glamis and Forfar to meet the North British at Kinnibar Junction. … Dundee was a CR terminus for most CR traffic. East of Dundee (and with a separate passenger terminus in that city) was the Dundee & Arbroath Joint line (CR and NBR). CR Aberdeen trains did not run via Dundee, as they do today after closure of the Strathmore line.” [1: p7]

The Caledonian Railway had intended to lease, or absorb, the Scottish Central Railway (SCR), which obtained its act of Parliament on the same day as the Caledonian. The SCR needed a partner railway to get access to Glasgow and Edinburgh, that was provided by the Edinburgh and Glasgow Railway (E&GR). The SCR opened from Greenhill Junction with the E&GR to Perth on 22 May 1848, and the Caledonian opened its branch to reach Greenhill Junction on 7 August 1848. The SCR remained independent for some time, building Perth General station. Because it provided access for a number of railways to Perth, the station was managed by a Joint Committee. The Perth General Station Joint Committee, later the Perth Joint Station Committee, was formed in 1859 to manage Perth railway station, initially consisting of the Scottish Central Railway, North British Railway, Scottish North Eastern Railway, and the Inverness and Perth Junction Railway, later including the Caledonian Railway, North British Railway and Highland Railway. [9][10]

The SCR itself managed to absorb some local railways; the Crieff Junction Railway had opened from Crieff to what later became Gleneagles station in 1856, and it was worked by the SCR and absorbed in 1865. [9]

In 1858 the Dunblane, Doune and Callander Railway was opened in 1858. It achieved considerable significance as the starting point for the Callander and Oban Railway. It was absorbed by the SCR in 1865 immediately before the SCR amalgamated with the Caledonian Railway on 1st August 1865, finally having gained Parliamentary approval to do so. [9]

The Scottish Midland Junction Railway (SMJR) “built a line from Perth to Forfar; at Perth it used the Scottish Central Railway joint station. The main line ran through the fertile area of Strathmore and the SMJR adopted two existing short lines that were on a suitable alignment. They were the Newtyle and Coupar Angus Railway and the Newtyle and Glammiss Railway. Both were unsuccessful adjuncts to the Dundee and Newtyle Railway, built using stone block sleepers and a track gauge of 4 ft 6+1⁄2 in (1,384 mm). The two short lines were modernised and altered to double track using standard gauge. At Forfar the SMJR joined the Arbroath and Forfar Railway, another earlier stone block railway, in this case using the track gauge of 5 ft 6 in (1,676 mm). The SMJR opened in 1848.” [3]

The NBR had, for many years, running powers over the CR, from Kinnaber to Aberdeen but was not competitive in the speed to the journey North until the 1890s, after completion of the Forth Bridge. Drew tells us that “railway strategy in Scotland was utterly changed by the failure of the Caledonian in the 1850s to amalgamate with the poverty-stricken 47-mile Edinburgh & Glasgow Railway. (The CR at that time had financial and administrative troubles of its own, which had led it in 1849 to propose operation of the CR system by the LNWR, which Euston turned down flat.) The CR continued to run its own Glasgow-Edinburgh trains over its own route, which remained circuitous at the western end until Glasgow Central was opened in 1879. The Edinburgh & Glasgow was absorbed into the NBR in 1865.” [1: p7] That take-over secured access for the NBR to Glasgow, the Firth of Clyde and much of the central Lowlands.

Drew comments: “The NBR improved the Glasgow Edinburgh passenger services and developed them as both inter-city and Anglo-Scottish trains. Only later did the CR begin to run rival, and in some ways better, Glasgow-Edinburgh expresses over its slightly shorter though more steeply graded line: it was spared, of course, the Cowlairs incline up from the North British Glasgow Queen Street terminus.” [1: p7]

The Aberdeen Railway was “to run north from Guthrie, a few miles northwest of Arbroath. Joining the Arbroath and Forfar Railway (A&FR) there, it obtained access to both termini of that line. It was authorised to lease the A&FR. The Aberdeen Railway may have underestimated the cost of upgrading the A&FR’s stone block track, and it ran out of money building its own main line; its construction was delayed and it encountered political difficulty in Aberdeen itself. It opened in 1850 to Ferryhill, on the southern margin of the city, extending to Guild Street station in 1854. There were branches to Brechin and Montrose.” [3]

From its inception, the Caledonian Railway saw itself as the creator of an extensive network in Scotland, and “it set about gaining control of as many other Scottish railways as possible. It did so not by purchasing them, but by leasing them. This had the advantage that no payment was required at first, only a periodical payment much later. The Caledonian negotiated with the SCR, the SMJR and the Aberdeen Railway and believed it had captured them, but the SCR had other ideas. Much later the Caledonian found that the periodical lease payments were unaffordable, and it was rescued by the legal opinion that the lease agreements had been ultra vires.” [3]

An important development in the history of Scottish railways was the “completion in 1863 of the Perth to Inverness via Forres route of what became soon afterwards the Highland Railway (HR). It gave much better access from the south to the central and northern Highlands and was just in time to enable the Caledonian to profit [from] the rapid growth of tourism in the Highlands. The CR was the chief source of HR passenger and freight traffic from and to the south. During the grouse-shooting and deer stalking seasons the trains between Euston and HR stations [via] the West Coast route, the CR and Perth included many horses and carriages.” [1: p7] These were only replaced by motor vehicles as the Edwardian era developed. The Caledonian encourged the upper class passtimes. “It was indulgent about attaching and detaching horseboxes, carriage flats and motorcar vans at its own stations … Many of the extra West Coast expresses during the season included such vehicles, which caused relatively minor marshalling problems south of Perth.” [1: p7]

At Perth, “long caravans of miscellaneous vehicles were made up and remarshalled. They included not only West and East Coast Joint Stock but also Midland & North British sleeping cars which ran between St Pancras and Inverness via Carlisle, Edinburgh and Perth.” [1: p7]

The Highland main line was mostly only a single track: there was often a motive-power shortage at peak periods, so that trains were often made over late to the CR at Perth. Northbound LNWR trains were often late at Carlisle, perhaps due to difficulties securing sufficient motive power. The LNWR had frequent recurse to double-heading until more powerful locomotives appeared in the early years of the 20th century. The Caledonian often found itself having to make up for the delayes caused by these other companies.

The Caledonian’s own mountainous route – the line from Dunblane via Callander and Crianlarich to Oban – is covered in a separate article which can be found here. [11] The punctuality record on that line was good, “partly because there was competition with the NBR West Highland line from 1898 onwards for traffic to the Western Isles.” [1: p8]

Drew tells us that, “a service which was more inter-city than its name implied, the ‘Grampian Corridor Express’ of 1905, from Glasgow and Edinburgh to Aberdeen, was selected for the allocation of new trainsets of magnificent 12-wheel vehicles. The Grampian ran from Buchanan Street to Perth, where it combined with an Edinburgh Princes Street portion that ran over part of the NBR Edinburgh-Glasgow main line from near Edinburgh to Larbert.” [1: p8] … He also notes the “CR’s regard for its Glasgow-Edinburgh expresses, for which some of the new coaches were 12-wheel non-bogie coaches with elliptical roofs.” [1: p8]

Drew draws attention to: the expansion of the Caledonian’s Clyde shipping services in the late 19th century, with new branches, stations and piers; and the construction of the Caledonian sub-surface lines under the centre of Glasgow (the Glasgow Central Railway. [1: p8]

The Glasgow Central Railway was built by the Caledonian Railway, running in tunnel east to west through the city centre. “It was opened in stages from 1894 and opened up new journey opportunities for passengers and enabled the Caledonian Railway to access docks and industrial locations on the north bank of the River Clyde. An intensive and popular train service was operated, but the long tunnel sections with frequent steam trains were smoky and heartily disliked.” [12] The CR’s line in the centre of the city “paralleled the North British Railway routes in the area, and after nationalisation of the railways the line declined and was closed in stages from 1959 to 1964.” [12]

Drew, writing in 1975, points forward to possible future uses of the closed tunnels [1: p8] and in 1979, “the central part of the route was reopened as an electrically operated passenger railway, the Argyle Line; this was greatly popular and enhanced connecting routes to west and east made this a valuable link through the city once more. The Argyle Line section is in heavy use today, but the other parts remain closed.” [12]

Wikipedia tells us that the Argyle Line “serves the commercial and shopping districts of Glasgow’s central area, and connects towns from West Dunbartonshire to South Lanarkshire. Named for Glasgow’s Argyle Street, the line uses the earlier cut-and-cover tunnel running beneath that thoroughfare. … The term ‘Argyle Line’ is commonly used to describe: the extensive urban passenger train service that connects the towns and suburbs of North Clyde with Motherwell, Larkhall, and Lanark, to the southeast. Of the 48 stations, 4 are in West Dunbartonshire, 4 in East Dunbartonshire, 17 in Glasgow City, 10 in North Lanarkshire, and 13 in South Lanarkshire; and thecentral portion of railway infrastructure encompassing less than 5 miles (8 km).” [12]

The extent of the ‘Argyle Line’. [25]
The eastern portal of Kelvinhaugh Tunnel is located at the western end of the eastbound platform at Exhibition Centre station in 2019. The tunnel is unusual in a number of ways. Firstly, it is nowadays used only by trains travelling in one direction; westbound trains do not pass through a tunnel here. The western end of the tunnel has changed completely, since 1979 emerging near Finnieston West Junction where the line joins the former North British Railway route along the north side of the Clyde. Until 1964 it continued along the old Caledonian Railway route to Dumbarton with a junction inside the tunnel for a line to Maryhill. It was closed to all traffic between 1964 and 1979, © Stephen McKay and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [13]

Drew continues: “Associated with the underground lines was the rebuilding and expansion of Glasgow Central passenger station including a low-level station on the CR underground; widening of the bridge over the Clyde to 20 tracks and creation of what for many years was, and in many ways still is, Britain’s most convenient major passenger terminus, in the heart of the city. Electrification and dieselisation have enabled Central to swallow the traffic (admittedly smaller than before as regards the number of trains) previously dealt with at St Enoch Station on closure by British Rail of the former GSWR terminus.” [1: p8]

The Caledonian Railway Bridge crosses the River Clyde at Broomielaw adjacent to Glasgow Central Station. The first structure built between 1876 and 1878 for the Caledonian Railway Company and opened on 1st August 1879, “was engineered by Blyth and Cunningham and built by Sir William Arrol & Co. It consisted of wrought iron lattice girders linked at the top by a light arched lattice girder, and carried on a cast iron arch over twin piers in the river. The piers are formed of cast iron cylinders sunk to bedrock and filled with concrete, and then extended above the river with Dalbeattie granite.” [14]

The approach span over Clyde Place to the south was 60 feet (18 m) long and over Broomielaw to the north of the river was 90 feet (27 m) long. The navigation spans were 164 feet (50 m), 184 feet (56 m) and 152 feet (46 m) long. The bridge carried four tracks into the new Glasgow Central Station.” [15][18]

The first Caledonian Railway Bridge over the River Clyde (prior to the construction of the new bridge which was completed in 1905). The ship is the Clutha Ferry, © Public Domain. [16]

The second bridge was built between 1899–1905 during the expansion of Central Station, to a design by D. A. Matheson, chief engineer of the Caledonian Railway. Arrol and Co. was the contractor for this bridge as well. [17] “The foundations for the bridge are rectangular sunk caissons, sunk by the compressed air chamber method used on the Forth Bridge to a depth of up to 48 feet (15 m) below the river bed. The central span is 194 feet (59 m) long with Linville truss girders 15 feet 9 inches (4.80 m) deep. The parapet girders are around 10 feet (3.0 m) deep, and suspended on curved brackets. There are a minimum of eight parallel main girders in the width. The spans are of lengths 160 feet (49 m), 200 feet (61 m) and 178 feet (54 m), and the structure contains 11,000 tonnes (11,000 long tons; 12,000 short tons) of steel. [17] The total length of the bridge between the abutments is 702 feet 6 inches (214.12 m).” [18][19]

The bridge varies in width from 35 to 62.5 metres (115 to 205 ft) and carries up to ten tracks. [17][18] It leads immediately into Glasgow Central Station on the north bank of the river. At the time of its opening, it was believed to be the widest railway bridge in existence.” [18][19]

The New Caledonian Railway Bridge over the River Clyde is on the left of this photograph. The bridge on the right is the King George V Bridge, © Richard Webb and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0) [20]
This view of the later bridge is included in the Railway Wonders of the World article about the Caledonian Railway, © Public Domain. [73]
Embed from Getty Images
A Caledonian Railway coke train, Plean, circa. 1910. [89]

The Caledonian’s goods operations were always commercially enterprising. The CR served all of Sctland’s main coalfields, with the exception of that in Fifeshire, and most of the heavy industry in the Glasgow area. “It was linked directly with the ports of Glasgow and its outposts on the Firth of Clyde with Leith (Edinburgh), Dundee and Aberdeen, and it virtually created Grangemouth. The Caledonian led the way in designing and providing for its customers’ new wagons, including high-capacity vehicles, for a variety of consignments. It was an early operator of fast freight trains. One of its major feats was co-operation with the English lines during World War I in moving vast tonnages of coal for warships in Scapa Flow in the Orkneys. The trains ran mostly from South Wales and the CR accepted them at Carlisle and made them over to the Highland at Perth. HR had the hardest task, of working heavy coal trains over its 300 miles of route from Perth via Inverness to Thurso, for shipment to Scapa.” [1: p9]

Although the CR was formed as an inter-city trunk line it coped manfully with other demands. “Local interests in Lanark promoted a branch line to their town, opening in 1855. Coal owners in South Lanarkshire [22] pressed for a railway connection, and the Lesmahagow Railway was formed by them, opening in 1856. It was later absorbed by the Caledonian, but other lines followed in the sparsely populated but mineral-rich area. As new coal mines opened, so new branches were needed, connecting Coalburn, Stonehouse, Strathaven, Muirkirk and Darvel and many other places, with new lines built right up until 1905. When the coal became exhausted in the second half of the 20th century, the railways were progressively closed; passenger traffic had always been light and it too disappeared. Only the passenger traffic to the Lanark and Larkhall branches remain in operation.” [3][8][21]

In North Lanarkshire, the North British Railway was a keen competitor, having taken over the Monkland Railways. The area contained the rapidly-growing iron production area surrounding Coatbridge, and servicing that industry with coal and iron ore, and transport to local and more distant metal processing locations, dominated the Caledonian’s activity in the region. The Rutherglen and Coatbridge line, later linking Airdrie, and the Carfin to Midcalder line were routes with significant passenger traffic. Many lines to coal and iron ore pits further east were built, but serving remote areas the lines closed when the mineral extraction ceased.” [3][8][21]

Busby and East Kilbride: After rail connections became established at Barrhead (we noted above that the CR took a 999 year lease on the Glasgow, Barrhead and Neilston Direct Railway, the Glasgow & South Western Railway also built a branch to Barrhead. [26]) various interests in Bushby demanded a railway connection. This was opened by the CR in 1866. It was extended in 1868 to East Kilbride, although at that time the then small village did not generate much business for the railway. [3][8][21]

Branches South of Carstairs: When the main line was built, no branches were provided in the thinly populated terrain of the Southern Uplands. Subsequently, four independent companies made branches themselves, and the Caledonian built two.
The Symington, Biggar and Broughton Railway was opened in 1860, having been taken over by the Caledonian during construction. It was extended to Peebles in 1864.” [3][21]

The independent Dumfries, Lochmaben and Lockerbie Railway was opened in 1863. It “was encouraged by the Caledonian Railway, giving westward access into Dumfriesshire, and worked by it; the Caledonian acquired the line in 1865.” [3]

The Portpatrick Railway opened “between Castle Douglas and Portpatrick in 1861–62 and the Caledonian Railway worked that railway; it obtained running powers over the G&SWR between Dumfries and Castle Douglas, and at a stroke the Caledonian had penetrated deep into the south-west, and to the ferry service to the north of Ireland, territory that the G&SWR had assumed was its own. The Portpatrick Railway later reformed with the Wigtownshire Railway as the Portpatrick and Wigtownshire Joint Railway; the Caledonian was a one-quarter owner.” [3][27][28]

Wikipedia continues: “The North British Railway opened its branch line to Dolphinton, east of Carstairs, and the Caledonian feared that the next step would be an incursion by the NBR into Caledonian territory, possibly seeking running powers on the main line. To head this off, the Caledonian built its own Dolphinton Branch from Carstairs; it opened in 1867. Dolphinton had a population of 260 and two railways, and traffic was correspondingly meagre, and the line closed in 1945 to passengers and in 1950 to goods.” [3][21]

The independent Solway Junction Railway was opened in 1869, linking iron mines in Cumberland with the Caledonian Railway at Kirtlebridge, crossing the Solway Firth by a 1,940 yd (1,770 m) viaduct; the company worked the line itself. It considerably shortened the route to the Lanarkshire ironworks, and was heavily used at first, but the traffic was depleted by cheap imported iron ore within a decade. The Scottish part of the line was acquired by the Caledonian Railway in 1873, and the whole line in 1895. Serious ice damage and later heavy maintenance costs made the line seriously unprofitable and it was closed in 1921.” [3][29]

After 1880, the Caledonian’s network continued to expand. Wikipedia tells us that, “The Moffat Railway was opened from Beattock on 2nd April 1883. It was just over 1.5 miles (2.4 km) long. It was worked by the Caledonian and absorbed on 11th November 1889. The Caledonian Railway sought to develop both Moffat and Peebles as watering places, and ran The Tinto Express from both places, combining at Symington, to Edinburgh and Glasgow for several years.” [3][21]

The “Leadhills and Wanlockhead Branch was opened as a light railway from Elvanfoot in 1901–02. With challenging gradients to reach Scotland’s highest village in otherwise remote territory, the line scraped a bare living and closed in 1938.” [3][21]

In 1862, “the Greenock and Wemyss Bay Railway was authorised. It was an independent company intending to provide a fast connection from Rothesay on the Isle of Bute; it opened on 13th May 1865 and in August 1893 it amalgamated with the Caledonian Railway, having been operated by the Caledonian Railway since its opening.” [3][8][30: p78]

Wikipedia tells us that in 1889, the CR “opened an extension line from Greenock to Gourock, more conveniently situated than Greenock; this involved the expensive construction of Newton Street Tunnel, the longest in Scotland.” [3][31]

At this time after feeling frustrated with the performance of independent steamer operators, the CR sought powers to operate the vessels directly; this was refused by Parliament. So the company founded the nominally independent Caledonian Steam Packet Company (CSPC) in 1889. “The CSPC expanded its routes and services considerably; following nationalisation of the railways in 1948 it became owned by British Railways, but was divested in 1968 and later became a constituent of Caledonian MacBrayne (CalMac), which remains in state ownership.” [3][32]

Late in the 19th century, the CR began to focus on the development of suburban lines around Glasgow and Paisley. Wikipedia notes that “The Cathcart District Railway was promoted as an independent concern but heavily supported by the Caledonian. It opened in 1886 from Pollokshields to Mount Florida and Cathcart (the eastern arm of the present-day Cathcart Circle Line) in 1886, and was extended via Shawlands to form a loop in 1894. It was worked by the Caledonian, although the company retained its independence until 1923.” [3]

We have already noted the the Glasgow Central Railway which eventually became The ‘Argyle Line’. [3][25] “The Paisley and Barrhead District Railway was incorporated in 1897 and transferred to the Caledonian in 1902; it [linked] Paisley and Barrhead [to] enable a circular service from Glasgow. The line was substantially ready in 1902 but by now street tramways were electrically operated and eminently successful. It was plain that a passenger service would not be viable against tram competition and the intended passenger service was never started.” [3][30]

North of the River Clyde was both heavily populated and highly industrialised. Initiallt it was the preserve of the North British Railway and its satellites, but its importance encouraged the Caledonian to enter the area. “The Lanarkshire and Dumbartonshire Railway [33] was nominally independent, running from near Maryhill to Dumbarton, opening progressively between 1894 and 1896. In 1896 the Caledonian gained access to Loch Lomond with the opening of the Dumbarton and Balloch Joint Railway (originally built by the Caledonian and Dumbartonshire Junction Railway), built jointly with the NBR.” [3][33][36]

In 1888, the Lanarkshire and Ayrshire Railway opened a 6.5-mile (10.5 km) line “from Giffen on the Glasgow, Barrhead and Kilmarnock Joint Railway to Ardrossan. Its purpose was to shorten the route for Caledonian mineral traffic, and it was worked by the Caledonian. In 1903–04 it was extended eastwards to Cathcart and Newton, enabling the heavy mineral trains to avoid the Joint Line and the congested area around Gushetfaulds from the Lanarkshire coalfields to Ardrossan Harbour.” [3][21][34][35] Today, the only operational sections of the line are those between Newton and Neilston. Now two suburban branch lines (Newton to Glasgow Central via Kirkhill and Neilston to Glasgow Central via the Mount Florida side of the Cathcart Circle). Electrified in the early 1960s, these lines carry frequent suburban passenger trains. [35]

Around Edinburgh, an intersting development was the construction of the Granton Harbour Branch which opened in 1861, funded equally by the harbour authorities and the CR. Granton Harbour was a large industrial harbour built by lighthouse engineer, Robert Stevenson. [37]. In 1864, the Leith North Branch from the Granton line at Pilton to Leith was built, opening to passengers in 1879. [38] When, after 1900, “the port authorities built new modern docks to the east of the former Leith docks, and the Caledonian further extended its Leith line to reach the new facilities: the Leith New Lines opened in 1903. It had been planned to open a passenger service on the line, and passenger stations had been built, but tram competition made it clear that an inner suburban passenger railway was unviable and the passenger service was never inaugurated.” [3]

Wikipedia continues: “The Edinburgh main line passed close to numerous mineral workings, and several short branches and connections were made to collieries, iron workings and shale oil plants. The Wilsontown Branch from Auchengray, opened in 1860 was the most significant, and carried a passenger service.” [3] The Wilsontown Branch was a three and three-quarter mile long railway line that served the village of Wilsontown in Lanarkshire and several collieries, running from a bay platform at Auchengray Railway Station to Wilsontown Railway Station, which was the passenger terminus. [39]

The Wishaw and Coltness Railway, ran for approximately 11 miles from Chapel Colliery, at Newmains in North Lanarkshire … to the Monkland and Kirkintilloch Railway near Whifflet, giving a means of transport for minerals around Newmains to market in Glasgow and Edinburgh. built to 4ft 6 in gauge, it had several branches serving pits and ironworks. [40] The line was leased by the CR and re-gauged. In 1869, the line was extended from near Cleland Ironworks “to Midcalder Junction on the Edinburgh main line, passing through Shotts, Fauldhouse and Midcalder. This line connected to many further mines and industrial sites, and gave the Caledonian a passenger route between Glasgow and Edinburgh that competed with the North British Railway’s route through Falkirk.” [3]

The CR’s main line did not connect with a significant industiral area on the Water of Leith Southwest of Edinburgh. To address this, a branch line from Slateford to Balerno opened on 1st August 1874. [41] “The line was successful in encouraging residential building, especially at Colinton, and also leisure excursions: for a time it was known as ‘the picnic line’, but it too succumbed to more convenient transport facilities by road, and it closed to passengers in 1943.” [3]

Speculative residential development encouraged the construction of the Barnton Branch, Barnton was West of Edinburgh. “The branch line opened on 1st March 1894; the terminus was named Cramond Brig at first. The Caledonian intended to make the line into a loop, returning to the city by way of Corstorphine, but this idea was shelved.” [3][8][21]

The Callander & Oban Line was initially an independent company, it had been promised financial support by the Scottish Central Railway (SCR). The Caledonian absorbed the SCR in 1865 and the directors were dismayed at the level of commitment to a difficult construction scheme barely started. Construction took many years, reaching a station serving Killin in 1870 and Oban in 1880. The line ran on a shoestring – finances were always tight and the line was never profitable although it contributed greatly to the development of the town of Oban. A branch serving Killin was opened in 1886, [42] and another to serve Ballachulish, opened in 1903. [3][43] Articles about the Ballachulish Branch can be found here, [44] here, [45] and here. [46]

The western part of the line from Crianlarich to Oban remains open, connected to the ex-NBR West Highland Line, but the remainder has closed. [3][47][48] An article about the Callander & Oban Railway can be found here. [11]

The Strathearn Lines: “the Perth, Almond Valley and Methven Railway opened in 1858 to connect Methven to the SMJR network; it was extended to Crieff when the Crieff & Methven Railway opened in 1866.” [3][49] It eventually became part of the CR network through acquisitions and mergers.

A line was gradually extended along Strathearn from Crieff to Lchearnhead and Balquidder (on the Callander & Oban line, © Afterbrunel and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 4.0). [50]

The upsurge in tourism in Strathearn encouraged many visitors, who used Crieff as a railhead and continued by road. In 1893 the Crieff and Comrie Railway made a short extension into Strathearn, and this encouraged ideas of completing a link right through to the Callander and Oban line. There were wild dreams of Irish cattle imports coming to Perth markets over the route. This became the Lochearnhead, St Fillans and Comrie Railway; due to serious problems raising capital, it took from 1901 to 1905 to open fully. The through traffic never developed and passenger connections at Balquhidder were poor, discouraging through travel.” [3][51]

The CR wanted the extension to Lochearnhead and the Callander and Oban line. “Moreover, it was concerned that the rival North British Railway would build such a line, abstracting much of its traffic in the area. When the Comrie company opened discussions with the Caledonian about selling their line, they found that the Caledonian was willing. In fact its offer was remarkably generous: they would repay the share capital in full, pay off the mortgage loan, and settle MacKay’s claim. This was put to a Special Shareholders’ Meeting on 9th February 1898. The shareholders agreed and the company was vested in the Caledonian Railway by Act of 1st August 1898.” [50][51]

Locomotives of the Caledonian Railway

The Caledonian Railway Locomotive Works were originally at Greenock but moved to St. Rollox, Glasgow, in 1856. Greenock Works and Shed opened in 1841 adjacent to the Greenock terminus of the Glasgow, Paisley & Greenock Railway (GP&GR). [53] The Caledonian Railway leased to GP&GR line in 1846 and at that time the Greenock Shed and Works wer enlarged to accommodate the CR’s needs. [53] The shed remained in use until 1885 when a railway extension from Greenock to Gourock required its removal and rellocation to Greenock Ladyburn Shed. [54]

The class number used for Caledonian Railway engines was the stock number of the first member of the class to reach traffic. Hence earlier/lower numbered classes could well have appeared later in time. … Until the appointment of Dugald Drummond, unlike most other British railways, almost all engines had outside cylinders, and the 0-6-0 arrangement was quite rare, goods engines being of type 2-4-0 or 0-4-2. Passenger engines were normally 2-2-2.” [52][55]

Wikipedia tabulates all of the locomotives used by the Caledonian Railway under the names of the railway’s Chief Mechanical Engineers. The tables can be found here. [52]

Lightmoor Press published two excellent books about locomotives of the Caledonian Railway. The first by David Hamilton – Caledonian Railway Locomotives: The Formative Years – in 2019. [63] The second by H. J. C. Cornwell – Caledonian Railway Locomotives: The Classic Years – in 2020. [64]

The following series of images cover a range of examples of the Caledonian Railway’s motive power:

Caledonian Railway 264 Class 0-4-0ST Locomotive No. 1 (264): designed by Dugald Drummond and built by Neilson and Company in 1885. Later examples were built at St Rollox Works under the direction of John F. McIntosh in 1895, 1900, 1902 and 1908. both Class 264 and Class 611 were very similat 0-4-0ST locomotives. These small shunters remained in long service under the LMS (who gave all Neilson saddle locomotives the power class 0F, shared by many other types) and British Railways, with the last of the class withdrawn in 1962. The two classes, sometimes referred to by the generic term “pugs”, were mainly used as works shunters in the area around Glasgow, Scotland, often running with home-made tenders to improve their small coal capacity. Like most 0-4-0 tanks of the period they had outside cylinders and inside slide valves driven by Stephenson valve gear. A number were later sold into private industry and several even made it as far south as Crewe where they acted as works shunters in British Railways days. None have survived into preservation. … They are easily confused with the earlier 1882-built ex-North British Railway Class Y-9 (NBR Class G), also designed by Dugald Drummond to a similar saddle tank design, although the 264/611 are distinguished by a taller chimney and larger circular windows. Both were originally commissioned from Drummond by Neilson & Co to a standard design and were used by North British, LNER and British Railways. One NBR Y-9 shunter (No. 42 68095) has been preserved at the Bo’ness and Kinneil Railway museum. [76]
Caledonian Railway Class ! 4-4-0T Locomitve No. 4: 12 Class 1 locos were built in1893 and 1894. The last was taken out of service in 1938. These were two-cyliner locos with 5 ft. driving wheels and operated at a maximum boiler pressure of 150 PSI. This is a Caledonia Works design for a modern train simulator. It was designed by John Lambie. [77]
Caledonian Railway Class “123” (L.M.S. ‘1P’) 4-2-2 No.123 (L.M.S. No.14010): built 1886 by Neilson (Works No.3553) specifically for the Edinburgh International Exhibition. Withdrawn 1935. Although officially designed by Dugald Drummond, in reality it was entirely a Neilson design. It ushered in a revival of single-wheeler locomotives. It is seen here at the Museum of Transport, Glasgow, in March 2007, © Hugh Llewelyn and licenced for resuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [56]
Caledonian Railway Class 76 2-2-2 Locomotive No. 87 with 8ft. 2in. driving wheels: They were built from 1859 onwards at St. Rollox, Glasgow and served as the main express engine until 1885. The final engine was withdrawn from service in 1901, © Tony Higsett and licenced for resuse un=der a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY 2.0). [57]
Caledonian Railway Class 812 0-6-0 Locomotive No. 828: This series of locomotives were produced whilst John Mcintosh was Chief Mechanical Engineer of the Caledonian Railway (1895-1914). The first 17 locomotives were built at the Caledonian’s St. Rollox works during 1899 (No. 812-828), with a further 12 built there later that year. At the turn of the 20th century, the Caledonian found itself short of suitable engines for mineral traffic and with St. Rollox committed to other work, they turned to three outside contractors (Neilson Reid, Sharp Stewart and Dübs). Bachmann tell us that the first 17 locomotives were used for mixed traffic duties whilst carrying the distinctive Caledonian Blue livery. Some of the engines had Westinghouse pumps and couplings fitted to enable them to be used on passenger services. Under the LMS ownership in 1923, the Westinghouse pumps were removed and the class were painted into Black livery. In 1946, the first locomotive was taken out of service, with the last being withdrawn in 1963. No. 828 was the one engine that survived being scrapped, having previously been earmarked for preservation by the Scottish Locomotive Preservation Trust Fund (now The Caledonian Railway 828 Trust). Originally on display at the Glasgow Museum of Transport, it was restored during 1966 and painted in Caledonian Railway blue with the long-term goal of restoring the locomotive to full working order. In October 1980, it was moved to the Strathspey Railway where it was rebuilt before returning to operational use in 1993, © Hugh Llewelyn and licenced for resuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-SA 2.0). [58]
Caledonian Railway Class 439 0-4-4T Locomotive No. 419 (55189) built in 1907: Caledonian Railway No. 419 at the Embsay & BoltonAbbey Railway in 2021, visiting from the Bo’ness and Kinneil Railway. Built in 1907 for a wider range of work , the engine operated in service for over five decades before being saved because of its significance to the story of railways in Scotland.Early in the 21st century, the locomotive had work undertaken to enable it to steam through the 2020s, primarily at its home line but also on occasion forays elsewhere, © Andrew Simmonds/Embsay & Bolton Abbey Railway. [59]
Caledonian Railway Class 49 4-6-0 Express Locomotive No. 49 of 1903: only 2 of this class of loco were built. They were rebuilt in 1911 with Schmidt superheaters. They were rated 4P and numbered 14750-14751 by the LMS, © Charles Rous-Marten, Public Domain. [60][61]
Caledonian Railway 4-6-0 Class 903 Locomotive, No. 903, Cardean, built 1906: By 1906, experience with the 49 Class had enabled McIntosh to design an improved version, and the installation of new turntables at major engine sheds presaged the arrival of five new locomotives. The first of these, number 903, was named “Cardean” after the country estate of one of the CR directors, and immediately became the company’s new flagship locomotive, with its name becoming a nickname for the whole class. The Caledonian gave the new locomotives a great deal of publicity and “Cardean” thus achieved some fame. Even so, the performance of the 903s was still unremarkable, © Public Domain. [60][62]
Railway Wonders of the World carried this photograph of No. 903 in its article, ‘Famous Expresses – 3
The Crack Caledonian ‘Flyers’ Which Work the Scottish Section of the West Coast Route’, © Public Domain. [74]
Caledonian Railway 0-8-0 Class 600 Locomotive, No. 600: 8 units built by St. Rollox Works in 1901-1903, worked Lanarkshire coal traffic, all scrapped by 1931, being freight locomotives, they did not receive names. They were built with spiral springs & heavy slide valves which were difficult to maintain. The heavy slide valves also had a tendency to make the locomotives go off beat very quickly. It is reported that the class could haul 60 loaded wagons & were introduced together with the 30 ton high capacity bogie wagons fitted
with Westinghouse air brakes. They were reported to be very powerful, perhaps representing the limit to which locomotive engineers could achieve in the UK at that time period. However, few of the Caledonian Railways goods yards could host the trains the 600s were capable of hauling, making them somewhat redundant, © Public Domain. [65]
Caledonian Railway 2-6-0 (Mogul) Class 34 Locomotive No. 35: one of five locomotives in the Class, built at St. Rollox, Glasgow and in service until 1936, © Public Domain. [66]
Caledonian Railway 4-4-0 Class No. 721 ‘Dunalastair I’ No. 723: The increasing weight of express trains in the 1880s and 1890s presented the Caledonian Railway with the problem of having to run inefficient double-headed trains. John F. McIntosh, Chief Engineer from 1895, increased the power of the 4-4-0 locomotives to the maximum possible within physical limitations and technical developments. The key to this was the use of a larger boiler that just fit the loading gauge of the Scottish lines and operated at a pressure of 160 psi. The resulting locomotive was named the Dunalastair class after a prominent Scottish clan. It also formed the basis for Belgian 4-4-0T and 4-4-2T locomotives, of which 424 were built. In 1896, 15 examples of the Class 721 locomotives were built, numbered 721 to 735 and later designated ‘Dunalastair I’. These were followed in 1897, by numbers 766 to 780 as ‘Dunalastair II’, and in 1899/1900 by numbers 887 to 902 as ‘Dunalastair III’. The latter two series were fitted with four-axle tenders to better cope with the longer distances across the Scottish plains. Records exist of the Dunalastair III showing a 52 km route with a 250-ton train at an average speed of 94 km/h. … Between 1904 and 1910, a further 19 units followed as ‘Dunalastair IV’. From 1910 onwards, a total of 21 engines of the classes 139 and 43 were built, which had a superheater ex-works. Opinion differs as to whether these were included within the Dunalastair class or considered a separate class of locomotive. … Over the course of development, the boiler pressure was increased first to 175 and then to 180 psi. When some Series II, III, and IV locomotives were retrofitted with superheaters from 1914 onwards, the boiler pressure was reduced again to 170 psi and larger cylinders were installed. On the LMS, they were given numbers between 14311 and 14439. While all original Dunalastair engines were retired by 1935, the superheated steam engines survived longer. Of a total of four engines acquired by British Railways, the last Dunalastair IV survived until 1958. This photograph was carried by ‘Railway and Locomotive Engineering‘, May 1896, © Public Domain. [67]
Caledonian Railway 4-4-0 Class No. 721 ‘Dunalastair II’ No. 769: Notes relating to this locomotive are immediately above the image which was carried in ‘Locomotive Magazine’, June 1898, © Public Domain. [67]
Caledonian Railway 4-4-0 Classes No. 113 and 72 ‘Dunalastair V’, London, Midland & Scottish Class 3P No. 14493: This locomotive is shown standing at Inverness in August 1948. In 1916, William Pickersgill commissioned 16 Class 72 4-4-0 express locomotives. From 1920, 32 more Class 113 locomotives followed, featuring slightly smaller boilers and larger cylinders. Technically, they could be considered successors to McIntosh’s Dunalastair series, which is why they were unofficially known as “Dunalastair Vs.” Like their predecessors, they had cylinders and controls on the inside of the frame, but a factory-fitted superheater . They reportedly performed well, which extended their service life. All of the Class entered the LMS in 1923 and British Railways in 1948. One was scrapped in 1953 following an accident, and the rest were withdrawn between 1959 and 1962, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for resuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [67]
British Railways Class 294 0-6-0 Locomotive No. 57361 at Polmadie Depot in August 1948: these locomotives were originally Caledonian Railway Classes 294 and 711. When Dugald Drummond became Chief Engineer of the Caledonian, he introduced a new class of 0-6-0 freight locomotives. He based these locomotives on the Class D locomotives that he built while working for the North British Railway. These locos were were nicknamed ‘Jumbos’ or ‘Standard Goods’. … Drummond’s successors continued to build these locomotives. While the 161 locomotives built from 1883 onwards were designated Class 294, the 83 locomotives built from 1890 onwards by Drummond’s successors are known as Class 711. The latter were fitted with Westinghouse brakes to allow them to be used on passenger trains. All 244 went to the LMS, and the first was not withdrawn until 1946. A total of 238 were acquired by British Railways and withdrawn by 1962, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for resuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [67]
Caledonian Railway Class No. 492 0-8-0T Locomotive No. 492: Six of this Class of locomotive were built in 1903 and 1904. These engines were described as mineral engines with large cabs with doors fitted. The 2nd axle had flangeless wheels. All members of the Class survived into LMS ownership.They were rated 4F by the LMS at grouping and numbered Nos. 16500-16505, © Public Domain.. [75]
Caledonian Railway Rail-motor Car: This vehicle was used on the Ballachulish Branch between Connel Ferry and North Connel or Benderloch. As can be seen in this image, it was usually accompanied by a two-axle trailer. Further details can be found here, © Public Domain. [68] This vehicle is also noted in the Railway Wonders of the World article about the Caledonian Railway: “At the other end of the varied list of passenger rolling stock is the vehicle working the local traffic over Connel Bridge, a notable cantilever structure with a span of 500 ft across Loch Etive between Connel Ferry and Benderloch, which not only runs frequently on weekdays but makes trips out and home on Sundays – a motor-car that hauls trucks on which are placed the motor-cars in which the owners ride as owners used to ride in their own carriages on the railways in the old times.” [73]

Drew comments that, “all Caledonian locomotives had to work hard. Every route, even Glasgow Central to Edinburgh, had its testing sections, and the Glasgow-Edinburgh expresses stopped relatively frequently to cater for outer-suburban passengers. Apart from the Glasgow-Carlisle main line, most Caledonian express passenger working involved getting away from the numerous stops necessitated by the sparse population. Some of the most exacting work was on the Clyde steamer boat trains, where every second counted in competition with the NBR and GSWR.” [1: p11]

Caledonian Railway Rolling Stock

Carriages: Lightmoor Press has released a book by Mike Williams which covers the passenger rolling-stock of the Caledonian Railway: Mike Williams; Caledonian Railway Carriages; Lightmoor Press, Lydney, 2015. [69] Mike Williams describes the carriages owned and operated by the Caledonian Railway from its opening until the 1923 Grouping, with 250 photographs and over 300 drawings. A well-produced and informative volume commensurate with the usual standard of Lightmoor Press publications.

Lightmoor Press describes the content: “The topics covered include the CR’s reaction to technological developments in railway passenger transport and the increasing attention paid to passenger comfort and convenience. The description of its carriage livery challenges some aspects of ‘received wisdom’ and deals with furnishing and internal décor. General service stock is reviewed to the end of McIntosh’s tenure in 1914, plus the carriages acquired from the West Coast Joint Stock fleet, the Pullman cars and the final designs in the Pickersgill regime. The CR Ambulance Train and other carriages in war-time service are described along with vehicles which were not part of general service stock. Saloons, Invalid carriages, Post Office vehicles, the Prison Van, Inchture horse bus and the Connel Ferry rail motor are all covered, along with some proposed designs that never saw service, including a steam rail motor. Appendices give information about the number of carriages in the fleet, their numbers, carriage orders and building dates and list the available drawings of carriages and components, with their location.” [70]

The Railway Wonders of the World article about the Caledonian Railway includes these paragraphs:

“The passenger work of the Caledonian is of high repute for speed and accommodation. As we have said enough of the West Coast service we will content ourselves here with the Grampian Corridor Express as an example. This train is made up of four varieties of coaches, composite, brake composite, brake third, and third. Each of these is 65 ft long in the body, and 68 ft 6-in over buffers, the width being 9 ft. The under-frames over headstocks are 64 ft 10-in, 44 ft between the bogie centres, and 7 ft 5-in over the sole bars, the wheel base being 56 ft.

In the composite the space between the partitions is 7 ft 4⅝-in in the first class, and 6 ft 4½-in in the third; in the brake composite it is 7 ft in the first class and 6 ft in the third, the brake compartment taking up 12 ft 2¾-in. In the brake third, in which the brake compartment occupies 27 ft 4½-in, it is 6 ft, and in the third it is 6 ft 2⅝-in. The composite seats 30 first-class passengers three aside and 24 third class four aside, the brake composite seats 18 first and 32 third, the brake third seats 40, and the third 72. The composite weighs 38 tons 4 cwt, the brake composite weighs 38 tons 11 cwt, the brake third weighs 35 tons 5 cwt, and the third 36 tons 10 cwt. These details are given to show, among other things, that appearances may be deceptive; in carriages seemingly alike there may be a difference in the knee-space making all the difference in the comfort, though in this case the smallest, 6 ft, is ample for any one of reasonable stature and attitude.

This heavy train – the Grampian – does 30 miles an hour up Dunblane bank, part of which is 1 in 73, for Beattock is not the stiffest gradient on the line, that being the 1 in 40 on the Bonnybridge branch. It is the 10 a.m. out of Buchanan Street and the 9.30 out of Edinburgh joining at Perth, where the restaurant car is put on; and the Glasgow portion weighs over 250 tons. It is not the fastest on the line, that being the 10.5 from Forfar to Perth, 321 miles in 33 minutes, the longest non-stop being the 2.17 a.m. from Carlisle to Perth, 150¾ miles in three hours; but with the exception of the Granite City Express, leaving Glasgow at 5 p.m, it is perhaps the best known.” [73]

Adjacent to the quote abobe, Railway Wonders of the World included this drawing of Copmposite Corridor Coach No. 217, © Public Domain. [73]

Drawings of the Caledonian Railway Coaching Stock can be found on the Caley Coaches Ltd. website. [85] Caley Coaches Ltd. provides drawings and photographs to support its range of kits including for: 57′ Non-corridor coaches; 57′ Semi-corridor coaches; 57′ Corridor coaches; Grampian Stock; 65′ Slip Coaches; Edinburgh & Glasgow Stock; and 4 wheel “Balerno Branch” Coaches.

Carriages being built at St. Rollox Works, Glasgow, © Public Domain. [73]
Caledonian Railways Engineer’s Saloon No. 41. This is a coach with a most complex history. It was built as a West Coast Joint Stock (i.e. LNWR/CR joint) Diagram 41 50’6″ 3rd Class Kitchen Dining Car No.484 at the LNWR’s Wolverton Works in 1893. It was of all-wooden construction with a clerestory roof and two 6-wheeled bogies. After use on the West Coast route, in 1906 it was transferred to the Caledonian Railway and converted to a Composite (1st/3rd Class) Dining Saloon No.41 (Diagram 63). In 1919-20 the CR’s St. Rollox Works completely rebuilt it into an Officers’ Saloon/Buffet Saloon to Diagram 63A with a new steel 48′ underframe lengthening the coach to 51′. The 6-wheeled bogies were replaced by standard Caledonian 8′ 4-wheeled bogies and an arc roof replaced the clerestory. The interior was gutted and two saloons (large and small) fitted, the kitchin being relocated. A corridor connection was fitted at one end only, the other end being fitted with three observation windows. Apparently, it was used both for engineers and, when not so needed, as a buffet car in ordinary service. After absorbtion into the LMS, it was renumbered 15555; then in 1927, the Birmingham Railway & Carriage Co. further rebuilt it into an Engineers Saloon No.45018 with a second corridor connection replacing the observation end and LMS Fowler 9′ 4-wheeled bogies. After Nationalisation, BR(ScR) fitted it with Gresley 8′ bogies in 1955 and, following collision damage, again rebuilt it in 1960 as an Inspection Saloon with an observation end similar to contemporary dmu’s whilst some windows were replaced by BR pattern ones with sliding ventilators. A new interior consisting of a saloon, kitchin and guard’s vestibule was fitted. It’s BR (ScR) was Sc45018M. It was not withdrawn until 1972 – a life of 75 years! It was then preserved and used as an Observation Car. The coachis shown at Bulmers’ Steam Centre in April 1974, © Hugh Llewelyn and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [3]

The adjacent image shows the interior of a third Class Luncheon Car on a West Coast Corridor Express Train of the LNWR and Caledonian Railways. The two railway companies collaborated to create a set of stock which could be used over the full length of the line from London, Euston to Glasgow. This iIllustration was carried in The Illustrated London News on 18th July 1896, © Public Domain. [78]

Wagons and Non-Passenger Coaching Stock: Lightmoor Press has also released a book by Mike Williams which covers the non-passenger rolling-stock of the Caledonian Railway: Mike Williams; Caledonian Railway Wagons and Non-Passenger Caoching Stock; Lightmoor Press, Lydney, 2013. [71]

Mike Williams details the history of the Caledonian Railways wagons from 1847 until the grouping in 1923 when the Company became part of the LMS.

Lightmoor Press says that research for the book is “based on Board minutes and other official sources, whilst over 250 official drawings have been examined. The introduction details the sources of information used and a chapter on the industrial development of Scotland outlines its influence on the size and diversity of the wagon fleet. The types of wagons and numbers in service are tabulated and the financial pressures which hamstrung the modernisation programme begun in the early 1900s are also described. An overview is offered of technical developments, which discusses how two Locomotive Superintendents transformed the wagon fleet. The liveries of wagons and Non-Passenger Coaching Stock are next described, supplemented in each case by the systems used by the Caledonian to allocate running numbers. Photographic evidence and drawings depict a far more complex picture than that presented previously. Eleven chapters then deal with different types of wagons, ranging from those built by the thousand, to small numbers of wagons for special traffic. Building dates are given for each design, whilst design developments are described and supported by photographs and works drawings. Sample running numbers are included for modellers. A further chapter describes the Caledonian’s relationship with the private traders who ran wagons over the system. Appendices list the construction orders undertaken by the company and outside contractors. The surviving works drawings are listed, with their archive references, and the photographs in an official album dating from 1900 are described. A final appendix gives information about drawings for the modeller, supported by specially commissioned drawings of details characteristic of Caledonian wagons. Produced in association with the Caledonian Railway Association.” [72]

These next few images show a few different Caledonian Railway good wagons:

An early 6-ton dumb-buffered open goods wagon, © Public Domain. [79]
A CR 6-ton covered wagon (van) built in 1896, © Public Domain. [79]
A 5-plank open goods wagon of circa. 1910, © Public Domain. [79]
Covered Carriage Truck or Motor Car Van of the Caledonian Railway, diagram 83, No. 138, built 1906. These wagons transported private vehicles on the railway, © Public Domain. [80]
Wagon No. 72000 (diagram 50) was a four-axle wagon for the transport of iron ore and was developed in 1899 by the Caledonian Railway, © Public Domain. [81]
Between 1901 and 1903, the Caledonian Railway acquired over 400 30-ton ore wagons with bogies (Diagram 54), © Public Domain. [82]
In 1903 , twelve 40-ton bogie hopper wagons (Diagram 66) were built in the Caledonian Railway’s own workshops. These wagons originally appeared in production documents as Ballast Wagons . Later, at least for factory photos, they were labeled Coke Wagons. The wagons were fitted with Westinghouse brakes and American Diamond bogies , originally intended for the construction of iron ore wagons to Diagram 54, © Public Domain. [83]
The Caledonian Railway built two bogie low-loader wagons in its own workshops for the transport of flat glass, (Diagram 82). They replaced two smaller two-axle glass trucks built ten years earlier (Diagram 38), which could only be loaded with 15 tons. Theese boie wagons had American Diamond bogies . The cars had three trestles that could be moved or rotated depending on the loading requirements. If necessary, they could also be removed completely. In addition to glass panes, large steel plates and other loads were also carried, © Public Domain. [84]
Embed from Getty Images
Two Caledonian Railway bogie flat wagons loaded with a large steel column and base, in Glasgow, circa. 1910. [88]

To Conclude …

Paul Drew concludes his article with these words: “The Caledonian achieved its zenith in the years 1900-14. There was no activity in which it did not shine; passenger stations such as Glasgow Central, Edinburgh Princes Street, Stirling, Dundee West. and (with the Great North of Scotland) Aberdeen Joint; hotels; signalling, both semaphore and the pioneer electro-pneumatic installation at Glasgow Central; and Pullman cars, which it ran on the Oban line (as observation cars), the Glasgow-Edinburgh service and elsewhere. … [It] undoubtedly justified its claim to be the premier line of Scotland.” [1: p11]

References

  1. Paul Drew; Caledonian Retrospect; in, Brian Stephenson (ed.), Trains Illustrated No. 14, Ian Allan, Walton-on-Thames, 1975, p4-11.
  2. https://www.gwra.co.uk/auctions/caledonian-railway-mounted-crest-company-coat-arms-2019apr-0374.html, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caledonian_Railway, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  4. The Railway Year Book for 1920; The Railway Publishing Company Limited, London, 1920.
  5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/History_of_the_Caledonian_Railway_(until_1850), accessed on 18th March 2024.
  6. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/1931166, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  7. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caledonian_Railway_lines_to_Edinburgh, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  8. David Ross; The Caledonian: Scotland’s Imperial Railway: A History; Catrine: Stenlake Publishing Limited, Catrine, 2014.
  9. https://www.railscot.co.uk/locations/P/Perth, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  10. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Perth_railway_station_(Scotland), accessed on 18th March 2025.
  11. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2024/12/22/the-callander-and-oban-railway
  12. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Glasgow_Central_Railway, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  13. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/6200150, accesse on 18th March 2025.
  14. Glasgow, Central Station, Old Approach Viaduct; Canmore, Historic Environment Scotland; via https://canmore.org.uk/site/91763/glasgow-central-station-old-approach-viaduct, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  15. Caledonian Railway Bridge; Gazetteer for Scotland, via https://www.scottish-places.info/features/featurefirst17493.html, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  16. http://www.glasgowhistory.com/glasgow-bridgejamaica-bridge.html, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  17. Glasgow, Central Station, New Approach Viaduct; Canmore. Historic Environment Scotland; via https://canmore.org.uk/site/79857/glasgow-central-station-new-approach-viaduct, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  18. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caledonian_Railway_Bridge, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  19. D. A. Matheson; The New Clyde Bridge of the Caledonian Railway at Glasgow. (Including Appendix and Plates); in The Institution of Civil Engineers, Minutes of the Proceedings, No. 182, (Paper No. 3764) 1910, p4–58; via https://www.icevirtuallibrary.com/doi/10.1680/imotp.1910.16924, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  20. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/628011, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  21. John Thomas revised J. S. Paterson; A Regional History of the Railways of Great Britain: Volume 6, Scotland, the Lowlands and the Borders; David and Charles, Newton Abbot, 1984.
  22. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caledonian_Railway_branches_in_South_Lanarkshire, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  23. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caledonian_Railway_branches_in_North_Lanarkshire, accessed on 18th March 2025.
  24. C. J. A. Robertson; The Origins of the Scottish Railway System: 1722–1844; John Donald Publishers Ltd, Edinburgh, first edition 1983.
  25. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Argyle_Line, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  26. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barrhead_Branch, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  27. C. E. J. Fryer; The Portpatrick and Wigtownshire Railways; Oakwood Press, Usk, 1991.
  28. David L. Smith; The Little Railways of South West Scotland; David and Charles, Newton Abbot, 1969,
  29. Stuart Edgar and John M. Sinton; The Solway Junction Railway, Oakwood Press, Headington, 1990.
  30. Christopher Awdry; Encyclopaedia of British Railway Companies; Patrick Stephens Ltd., Sparkford,1990.
  31. Chris Hogg and Lynn Patrick; The Glasgow, Cowal and Bute Route Through Time, Amberley Publishing, Stroud, 2014.
  32. https://www.calmac.co.uk/corporate/history, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  33. https://www.west-dunbarton.gov.uk/leisure-parks-events/museums-and-galleries/collections/transport/rail, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  34. John Thomas; Forgotten Railways: Scotland; David and Charles, Newton Abbot, 1976.
  35. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lanarkshire_and_Ayrshire_Railway, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  36. https://gracesguide.co.uk/Dumbarton_and_Balloch_Joint_Railway, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  37. https://www.nationaltransporttrust.org.uk/heritage-sites/heritage-detail/granton-harbour, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  38. https://www.railscot.co.uk/companies/L/Leith_North_Branch_Caledonian_Railway, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  39. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wilsontown_railway_station, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  40. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wishaw_and_Coltness_Railway, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  41. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Balerno_line, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  42. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Killin_Railway, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  43. https://canmore.org.uk/site/23551/ballachulish-station, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  44. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/01/01/the-ballachulish-railway-line-part-1
  45. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/01/02/the-ballachulish-railway-line-part-2
  46. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2019/01/05/the-ballachulish-railway-line-part-3
  47. John Thomas; The Callander and Oban Railway; David and Charles, Newton Abbot, 1966
  48. John Thomas and David Turnock; A Regional History of the Railways of Great Britain: Volume 15: North of Scotland; David and Charles, Newton Abbot, 1989.
  49. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Perth,_Almond_Valley_and_Methven_Railway, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  50. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crieff_and_Comrie_Railway, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  51. Bernard Byrom; The Railways of Upper Strathearn; Oakwood Press, Usk, 2004.
  52. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Locomotives_of_the_Caledonian_Railway, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  53. https://www.railscot.co.uk/locations/G/Greenock_Works_and_Shed, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  54. https://www.railscot.co.uk/locations/G/Greenock_Ladyburn_Shed, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  55. E. L. Ahrons; Locomotive and train working in the latter part of the nineteenth century Vol. 3; W Heffer & Sons Ltd, Cambridge, 1952, p18.
  56. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Hugh_llewelyn_123_(6325588200).jpg, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  57. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:2-2-2_Caledonian_Railway_87.jpg, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  58. https://news.bachmann.co.uk/2018/02/caledonian-railway-812-class-0-6-0, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  59. https://www.embsayboltonabbeyrailway.org.uk/aboutus/caledonian-railway-no-419-55189, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  60. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caledonian_Railway_49_and_903_Classes, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  61. Charles Rous-Marten; British Locomotives in 1903; in the Bulletin of the International Railway Congress.
  62. R. Essery & D. Jenkinson; An Illustrated History of L.M.S. Locomotives, Volume Three: Absorbed Pre-Group Classes, Northern Division; Oxford Publishing Company, 1986.
  63. David Hamilton; Caledonian Railway Locomotives: The Formative Years; Lightmoor Press Lydney, 2019.
  64. H. J. C. Cornwell; Caledonian Railway Locomotives: The Classic Years; Lightmoor Press, Lydney, 2020.
  65. https://www.reddit.com/r/trains/comments/141q6pl/looking_for_info_on_the_caledonian_railway_600/?rdt=60859, accessed on 19th March 2025.
  66. https://www.hattons.co.uk/directory/vehicledetails/3144935/2_6_0_class_34_cr, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  67. https://www.loco-info.com/view.aspx?id=-739, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  68. https://rogerfarnworth.com/2024/07/16/the-caledonian-railway-rail-motor-car
  69. Mike Williams; Caledonian Railway Carriages; Lightmoor Press, Lydney, 2015.
  70. https://lightmoor.co.uk/books/caledonian-railway-carriages/l8009, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  71. Mike Williams; Caledonian Railway Wagons and Non-Passenger Caoching Stock; Lightmoor Press, Lydney, 2013.
  72. https://lightmoor.co.uk/books/caledonian-railway-wagons-and-non-passenger-coaching-stock/L9747, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  73. https://www.railwaywondersoftheworld.com/caledonian_railway.html, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  74. https://www.railwaywondersoftheworld.com/famous-expresses3.html, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  75. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caledonian_Railway_492_Class, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  76. https://locomotive.fandom.com/wiki/Caledonian_Railway_Class_264, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  77. https://caledoniaworks.com/product/cr-class-1, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  78. https://www.gracesguide.co.uk/File:Im1894OurRail2-LNWR.jpg, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  79. http://britbahn.wikidot.com/gueterwagen-der-caledonian-railway, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  80. https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:CR_Motor_Car_Van_diagram_83.jpg, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  81. https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/CR_Erzwagen_Nr._72000, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  82. https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/CR_Erzwagen_54, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  83. https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/CR_Selbstentladewagen_66, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  84. https://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/CR_Glastransportwagen_82, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  85. https://caley.com/coaches.php, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  86. https://www.gettyimages.co.uk/detail/news-photo/dunalastair-2nd-northbound-with-a-mixture-of-the-best-news-photo/90745294, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  87. http://www.gettyimages.com/detail/90747102, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  88. http://www.gettyimages.com/detail/90779936, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  89. http://www.gettyimages.com/detail/90779924, accessed on 20th March 2025.
  90. http://www.gettyimages.com/detail/90760769, accessed on 20th March 2025.

The Llanfyllin Branch – Part 2

In the first article [4] in this short series, we finished the first part of our journey from Oswestry along the Llanfyllin Branch just after passing through Carreghofa Halt with its adjacent combined canal aqueduct and road bridge. Just beyond the bridge we noted the Nantmawr Branch heading away to the North while trains for Llanfyllin ran round a short chord to meet what was the original alignment of the Llanfyllin Branch.

This photograph was taken from the road/canal bridge to the Northwest of Carreghofa Halt. Trains for Llanfyllin took the chord to the left. The Nantmawr Branch heads away to the North. [4]
This extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1900, published in 1902, shows the relationship of the old and new routes taken by branch trains for and from Llanfyllin. The earlier alignment is shown as dismantled and runs to the North of the later alignment. The chord linking the two is on the left of this extract with the line to Llanfyllin leaving the left side of the extract. [5]
This satellite image picks out the routes of the lines discussed as they appear in the 21st century. Just to the North of Llanymynech, the original line of the Llanfyllin Branch can be made out. A line of trees gives way travelling westwards to field boundaries that follow the route of the old line. To the South of Llanymynech, the more recent alignment is highlighted by field boundaries becoming tree lined as it approaches the location of Carreghofa Halt and then passes under the modern B4398 and the line of the canal.  Immediately to the North of the Canal/Road Bridge the chord connecting the newer line to the older alignment of the Llanfyllin Branch is still described by a line of trees and then by field boundaries. [Google Earth, 28th February 2025]

After leaving the 26-chain chord trains headed due West for Llansantffraid across “a tract of pleasant agricultural countryside.” [3: p635] Within a short distance the Grove Viaduct was reached. It was a 90-yard long viaduct which sat about 7.7 miles from Oswestry.

This extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1900, published in 1903, shows the Llanfyllin Branch heading West over Grove Viaduct which is close to the centre of the image. The Afon Vyrnwy can be seen on the left side of the extract. [6]
This satellite image covers approximately the same length of the Llanfyllin Branch as does the 6″ OS map extract above. [Google Earth, March 2025]

A minor road bridged the line to the East of Grove Viaduct. The railway cutting has been infilled but the bridge parapets and the deck under the road remain.

Looking North along the minor road in April 2024. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
Looking East along the old railway from the bridge towards Llanymynech. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
Looking West along the line of the old railway towards Grove Viaduct and Llansantffraid. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
This is how the Grove Viaduct is shown on the 6″ OS map published in 1885 and surveyed during the years before that date. [9]
The location of the Grove Viaduct over the Afon Tanat as it appears on modern satellite imagery. [Google Earth, March 2025]
The line continues towards Llansantffraid. [6]
A similar length of the line as it appears in Google Maps in March 2025. [Google Maps, March 2025]
An aerial image looking Southeast showing Bryn Vyrnwy Holiday Park in the 21st Century. The access road running diagonally across the image follows the line of the old railway. [13]
Looking West across Bryn Vyrnwy Holiday Park – the line of the old railway is paved, running between the two hedges. [13]
Looking Southwest towards the hills the two hedge lines define the extent of the old railway land. [13]
Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain Railway Station was the only passing place on the Branch. It is a large village about 7 miles (11 km) south-west of Oswestry (9.2 miles along the line) and 8 miles (13 km) north of Welshpool. It is at the confluence of the River Vyrnwy and the River Cain. The station can be seen just below the centre of this map extract. [6]

Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain

Jenkins tells us that Llansantffraid Railway Station was “the principal intermediate station on the branch. Its facilities included a single platform for passenger traffic on the up side of the line with a crossing loop immediately to the west, and a gated level-crossing to the east. The well-equipped goods yard included accommodation for coal, minerals, livestock, vehicles, and general merchandise traffic.” [4: p635]

The village of Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain as it appears in Powys Council’s local development plan. [12]
A closer view of the railway on the OS map of 1885 where it crossed what is now the B4393 to the North of the river bridge. [6]
The same location as it appears on the NLS ESRI satellite imagery in the 21st century. [14]
Looking North from the river bridge towards the A495. The old railway crossed the road at the near side of the white walled property on the left of this image. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
Looking East, the line of the old railway is marked by the driveway protected by the green gates. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
Looking West, the old railway ran to the left of the buildings. [Google Streetview, April 2024]

Llansanffraid (Llansantffraid) means “Church of Saint Bride” in the Welsh language; ym-Mechain refers to its location in the medieval cantref of Mechain and distinguishes it from other places with the same or similar names. [7]

The name is based on the story of St Bhrid, who is said to have floated across the Irish Sea on a sod of turf, or to have been carried to Scotland by two oystercatchers. The followers of St Bhrid possibly set up new settlements known by the Welsh as Llan Santes Ffraid, Church of (Lady) Saint Bhrid. In recent years the spelling of the village name, with or without a ‘t’, has been a contentious issue (as it has been at Llansantffraid Glyn Ceiriog).” [7]

Approaching the railway station, the old line crossed Lletty Lane on the level.

Looking East from Lletty Lane away from the site of the station. The level crossing location is off to the left of this image. [Google Streetview June 2021]

Jenkins continues: “Llansantffraid was the only crossing place between Llanymynech and Llanfyllin, although it was not [ideal] for passing two passenger trains because the loop was sited beyond the platform. It was nevertheless possible for one passenger train and one freight train to pass here, although the timetable in force in later GWR days ensured that this was not normally necessary. In the 1930s this only took place on Wednesdays when the 9.05 am (WO) passenger service from Llanfyllin to Oswestry passed the 9.12am (WO) light engine from Oswestry to Llanfyllin at 9.27 am.” [3: p635]

The station building at Llansantffraid was a brick-built structure incorporating a two-storey residential portion for the stationmaster and his family. Although, like many Welsh stations, it was of comparatively plain appearance, the facade was enlivened by the provision of a bay window in the house portion, together with elaborate barge-boards and tall ‘ball & spear’ finials at the end of each gable. The stationmaster’s house was to the left (when viewed from the platform), while the booking office was to the right; the house was an L-plan structure with its gabled cross-wing facing the platform and a subsidiary wing that was parallel to the track.” [3: p636]

Llansantffraid Railway Station in the 1960s, © Unknown. This image was shared on the Closed GB Railway Lines Facebook Group by Robin Harrison on 29th June 2024. [10]
Llansantffraid Railway Station, seen from the Southeast adjacent to Lletty Lane, in the 21st century, © Robin Harrison. This image was shared on the Closed GB Railway Lines Facebook Group by Robin Harrison on 29th June 2024. [10]
Llansantffraid Railway Station building as it appears in the 21st century, © Rosser1954 and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CV BY-SA 4.0). [11]

The station site is covered in the video below (© Robin Harrison) which is embedded from youTube:

To the immediate West of the station building, a SPAR convenience store and a small industrial estate are built over the line of the old railway. A little further to the West, what is now the A495 turned South and bridged the line of the railway.

A closer view of the bridge at the West end of the village of Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain as shown on the 1885 6″ OS Map. [15]
The same location in the early 21st century, as it appears on the NLS ESRI satellite imagery. The road (A495) has been widened, the bridge carrying the highway is long-gone. [15]
This more recent satellite image shows a small new estate being built over the line of the old railway to the West of the A495. The route of the railway on the East side of the road is better defined in this image and the road Maes Y Cledrau sits on the line of the railway on the West side of the road. [Google Maps, March 2025]
Looking East from the A495 along the line of the old railway. It passed to the left of the house visible on the right of the image. [Google Streetview, July 2024]
Looking West from the A495 along Maes Y Cledrau. The old railway ran on the left side of the trees on the right of the image. In the distance, the newly built houses sit over the line of the railway. Closer to the camera it centre-line approximated to the kerb line of the road. [Google Streetview, July 2024]

The B4393 ran parallel to the line to the North. The line climbed towards Llanfechain on a gradient of 1 in 75.

The old railway closely followed what became the B4393. The road ran on the North side of the railway. [16]
The same area as it appears on Google Earth satellite imagery in the 21st century. [Google Maps, March 2025]
Looking West along the B4393 the line of the old railway can be identified, delineated by the two hedge lines on the left of this photograph. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
The road and railway continued West immediately adjacent to each other. [17]
The same area on 21st century satellite imagery. [Google Maps, March 2025]
Again the old railway formation continues West alongside the B4393. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
On this next extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey a side road to the B4393 crosses the line of the railway. [18]
The same area in the 21st century. [Google Maps, March 2025]
Looking North across the bridge noted above. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
Looking East along the old railway alignment from the road bridge. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
Looking West along the old railway formation from the road bridge. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
This next map extract shows Llanfechain Railway Station. [19]
The same area in the 21st century. Note the way that the old railway turns away to the Southwest after passing through the station. [Google Maps, March 2025]
The station at Llanfechain was a good walk from the centre of the village and not at the closest road crossing to the village. [21]
The facilities at the station were limited, although the main station house was as substantial as that at Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain. The station site was framed by a road bridge. [21]

Llanfechain

Llanfechain was near to 11 miles from Oswestry. Jenkins tells us that “The layout at Llanfechain echoed that at neighbouring Llansantffraid in that there was just one platform on the up side. A small goods yard was able to deal with coal, livestock, and other forms of traffic. … The station building was of ‘Victorian house’ design incorporating residential quarters for the local stationmaster. The presence of a two-storey house portion made these stations appear much bigger than they actually were, the booking office and waiting-rooms being only one portion of the main structure.” [3: p636]

Llanfechain Railway Station looking towards Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain in the early 1960s.  A six-lever ground frame was installed until 1929, but a smaller one sufficed until the goods yard closed on 27th July 1964. A westbound train and 2-6-0 No. 46512 are pictured from the bridge, © D. Wilson shared by John Williams on the Disused Stations Facebook Group on 16th October 2024. [23]
Llanfechain Railway Station in the early 21st century, looking towards Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain in the early 1960s, © John Williams, shared by him on the Disused Stations Facebook Group on 16th October 2024, and used here with his kind permission.  [23]
A similar view from the road bridge in 2024. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
Llanfechain Railway Station looking towards Llanfyllin.The road bridge is partially hidden by the locos steam exhaust. This image was shared on the Disused Stations Facebook Group by Joshua Kendrick on 25th August 2018, © Unknown. [24]
Llanfechain Railway Station building in 1999, seen from the Northeast, now a private house. Llanymynech is some miles away to the left, Llanfyllin similarly some miles off the right side of the image. The hill ahead is Long Hill (286 ft.), © Ben Brooksbank and licensed for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [22]
The road bridge and station building (on the right) seen from the Southeast. [Google Streetview, April 2024]

Leaving Llanfechain Railway Station “heading south-westwards, the single line climbed steadily through pastoral countryside towards the penultimate stopping place at Bryngwyn” [3: p636] which was a little over 12.5 miles from Oswestry.

Looking West-southwest along the line of the old railway in 2024. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
The line headed Southwest as it left Llanfechain. Note the footbridge in the top-right of this map extract, the road bridge just below and to the left of the centre of the image and the accommodation bridge in the bottom-left. [20]
The same area in the 21st century. At the top-right of this image what was once a footbridge over the old railway has been converted into an access road. On both this image and the map extract above another minor road can be seen bridging the line of the old railway just below the centre of the image. The line was in a cutting at this point. [Google Maps, March 2025]
The road bridge seen from the Northwest. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
Looking Northeast along the line of the old railway towards Llanfechain Railway Station. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
Looking Southwest along the line of the old railway. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
In this next 6″ map extract the accommodation bridge noted before, appears top-right and a further bridge bottom-left. The line remained in cutting along this length. [25]
This extract from Google’s satellite imagery covers a similar area to the map extract above..It also shows the bridge noted above which carried another local access road over the old railway. [Google Maps, March 2025]
On this next extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey of 1880s the line begins to turn towards the West, from a southwesterly heading. What becomes the B4393 crosses the line at Bryngwyn Flag Station (a halt at which passengers had to signal the train to stop to collect them). The road curving round the bottom-left corner of the extract was to become the A490. [26]
Much the same length of the line appears on this 21st century satellite image. The A490 can be seen on the bottom-left of this image. [Google Maps, March 2025]
A closer view of the location of Bryngwyn Halt.  The old railway can be seen bridging the old road which had to dog-leg to pass under the line. [26]
Looking Northeast along the line of the old railway from the B4393. The bridge at this location was removed and the road was realigned after the closure of the railway. The level difference between the two is still evident. [Google Streetview, April 2024]
Turning through 180°, looking Southwest along the line of the old railway. The realignment of the road required the removal of the bridge abutment and a short length of embankment which once also supported the Bryngwyn Halt. [Google Streetview, April 2024]

Bryngwyn Halt

Bryngwyn did not open with the line. Jenkins tells us that “having been opened by the Cambrian Railways as an unstaffed halt in the mid-1860s. The single platform was sited on the down side of the line with access from a nearby road. Interestingly, Bryngwyn was an early example of a ‘request stop’, a semaphore stop-signal being worked by intending travellers. The platform was originally of timber trestle construction with a small open-fronted waiting shelter, although a concrete platform and corrugated-iron shelter were later provided.” [3: p636]

From Bryngwyn the route continued westwards for the final two miles to Llanfyllin. With the A490 road running parallel to the left, the line passed beneath a minor road bridge and, slowing for the final approach to their terminus, branch trains passed an array of parallel sidings before finally coming to rest beside a single-platform station some 8 miles 41 chains from Llanymynech, and 14 miles 48 chains from the start of the through journey from Oswestry.” [3: p636-637]

Over this next stretch of the old railway, the line continues to curve round towards the Northwest. The road that became the A490 runs parallel to the line but to its South. An access track Plas-ywen crossed the line at an un-manned crossing. A little further West the line was bridged by a lane running North from the main road. [27]
Much the same area on modern satellite imagery. [Google Maps, March 2025]
Looking North along the lane which crossed the old line. The railway was in cutting at this location so there are no significant gradients on the approaches to the bridge. The brick parapets of the bridge remain in place. [Google Streetview, Summer 2022]
Looking East, the line of the old railway is camouflaged by tree growth. [Google Streetview, Summer 2022]
Looking West, it is possible to see the old formation with the hedge following the old railway boundary. [Google Streetview, Summer 2022]
The road and railway continued in parallel across this next extract from the 6″ Ordnance Survey. The River Cain runs just to the North. [28]
The same area on modern satellite imagery. At the left of both these images a farm access track crosses the line of the old railway. [Google Maps, March 2025]
The old line continued to curve towards the Northwest. [29]
A very similar length of the old railway in the 21st century. The route of the railway can still be seen easily curving to the Northwest on the South side of the River Cain. [Google Maps, March 2025]
The final length of the line which terminated to the Southeast of the centre of Llanfyllin. [30]
The same area of Llanfyllin as it appears on satellite imagery in the 21st century. [Google Maps, March 2025]
The centre of Llanfyllin in the 21st century. [Google Maps, March 2025]

Llanfyllin

Jenkins says that “Llanfyllin was a surprisingly spacious station, and although its track-plan was relatively simple, the goods yard and other facilities were laid out on a generous scale, the distance from the turnout at the eastern end of the run-round loop to the terminal buffer stops being around 34 chains, or slightly less than half a mile. The passenger platform was situated on the down side, and it had a length of around 385ft. The platform was flanked by two long parallel lines, one of which functioned as an engine release road while the other formed a lengthy goods reception line. These two lines were linked by intermediate cross-overs which allowed greater flexibility during shunting operations.” [3: p637]

The goods yard contained two goods sheds, one of these being situated on a loop siding that was laid on a parallel alignment to the passenger station. A long siding for “coal and other forms of wagon-load traffic extended along the rear edge of the goods yard; this siding branched into two shorter sidings at its western end, the second goods shed being served by one of these short spurs. The main goods sidings ended at loading docks at the western extremity of the station, while a further siding to the east of the platform on the down side served a cattle-loading dock. The latter siding was entered by means of headshunt from the engine shed siding, a reverse shunt being necessary before vehicles could be propelled into the cattle dock.” [3: p638]

Nearby the “engine shed was single-road structure with a length of about 50ft, … this normally accommodated just one locomotive. Water was supplied from a stilted metal tank beside the engine shed, this structure being fitted with flexible hoses through which the water could be delivered.” [3: p638]

The station throat at Llanfyllin Railway Station is framed by the road bridge carrying Derwlwyn Lane. This map extract comes from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1900, published in 1901. [33]

Llanfyllin

The image above is embedded from the Flickr site of Katerfelto, who comments: “Trains arriving at Llanfyllin passed a ground frame and then passed under a single-span iron bridge which carried Derwlwyn Lane over the line. From the south side could be seen the engine shed and water tower followed by some cattle pens and Llanfyllin signal box, before the single platform and its substantial station building announced the journey’s end.” [34]

Opposite the platform were the goods shed, a warehouse, several buildings and the run-round loop.

The terminal buffers were in a shallow cutting and short approach road led from the station building to the public road.

Jenkins continues: “Llanfyllin station building was similar to the other station buildings on the branch, being a typical ‘Victorian house’ design with a two-storey stationmaster’s house and attached single-storey booking-office wing. The window and door apertures were simple square-headed openings with large-paned window frames, but this otherwise plain brick building was enlivened by the provision of decorative barge-boards and elaborate pointed finials. The front of the booking office was slightly recessed to form a covered waiting area, and this feature contributed further visual interest to this former Oswestry & Newton Railway building.” [3: p638]

Llanfyllin Railway Station on 12th April 1960, © Ben Brooksbank and licenced for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence (CC BY-SA 2.0). [2]

Llanfyllin had a population of around 2,000. Wikipedia tells us that “the community … population in 2021 was 1,586 and the town’s name means church or parish (Llan) of St Myllin (‘m’ frequently mutates to ‘f’ in Welsh).” [30]

This photograph of Llanfyllin Railway Station looking Southeast in the 1950s, © J. S. Gills and held by the People’s Collection Wales. It is made available for reuse under the Creative Archive Licence. [31]
A closer view of the whole station site. [30]
This tightly focussed map extract concentrates on the buildings at Llanfyllin Railway Station. It is taken from the 25″ Ordnance Survey of 1900. [33]
Loco No. 46516 with passenger service from Oswestry just after arriving at Llanfyllin on 21st August 1963, © Roger Joanes and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). [32]
The same locomotive, No. 46516 ready to leave Llanfyllin on the same day,  21st August 1963, with the return service to Oswestry. The view looks Northwest, © Roger Joanes and authorised for reuse under a Creative Commons Licence, (CC BY-NC-ND 2.0). [32]

References

  1. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Llanfyllin_Branch, accessed on 1st February 2025.
  2. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/2026003, accessed on 1st February 2025.
  3. Stanley Jenkins; The Llanfyllin Branch; in Steam Days, Red Gauntlet Publications, Bournemouth, October 2023, p626-638.
  4. I have lost the source for this image.
  5. https://maps.nls.uk/view/101593993, accessed on 10th February 2025.
  6. https://maps.nls.uk/view/101593990, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  7. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  8. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1KMki4pmdJ, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  9. https://maps.nls.uk/view/102186773, accessed on 4th March 2025.
  10. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/167YxpWGxD, accessed on 5th March 2025
  11. https://commons.m.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:The_old_Llansantffraid_railway_station,_Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain_,_Powys.jpg, accessed on 22nd February 2025.
  12. https://ldp.powys.gov.uk/docfiles/36/Llansantffraid-ym-Mechain_Llansilin_Llanwrtyd%20Wells.pdf, accessed on 8th March 2025.
  13. https://www.brynvyrnwyholidaypark.co.uk/gallery, accessed on 8th March 2025.
  14. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.6&lat=52.77628&lon=-3.14809&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=13, accessed on 8th March 2025.
  15. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=17.9&lat=52.77441&lon=-3.15937&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=0, accessed on 8th March 2025.
  16. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=52.77603&lon=-3.16426&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 8th March 2025.
  17. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=52.77677&lon=-3.17426&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 8th March 2025.
  18. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=52.77696&lon=-3.18373&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 8th March 2025.
  19. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=52.77499&lon=-3.19400&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 8th March 2025.
  20. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=52.77187&lon=-3.20416&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 8th March 2025.
  21. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.7&lat=52.77545&lon=-3.19844&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 9th March 2025.
  22. https://www.geograph.org.uk/photo/3755954, accessed on 9th March 2025.
  23. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/151C762ruxR, accessed on 9th March 2025.
  24. https://www.facebook.com/share/p/1FswL16HQF, accessed on 9th March 2025.
  25. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.8&lat=52.76708&lon=-3.21341&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 10th March 2025.
  26. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.8&lat=52.76131&lon=-3.22387&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 10th March 2025.
  27. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=16.0&lat=52.75866&lon=-3.23443&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 10th March 2025.
  28. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.9&lat=52.75934&lon=-3.24529&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 11th March 2025.
  29. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=15.9&lat=52.76190&lon=-3.25579&layers=257&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 11th March 2025.
  30. https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Llanfyllin, accessed on 11th March 2025.
  31. https://www.peoplescollection.wales/items/881101#?xywh=265%2C254%2C471%2C333, accessed on 11th March 2025.
  32. https://www.flickr.com/search/?user_id=110691393%40N07&view_all=1&text=Llanfyllin+, accessed on 11th March 2025.
  33. https://maps.nls.uk/geo/explore/#zoom=18.3&lat=52.76418&lon=-3.26710&layers=168&b=ESRIWorld&o=100, accessed on 12th March 2025.
  34. https://www.flickr.com/photos/gone_with_regret/53044313520/in/photolist-2oPkYnE-2oGuRLo-HGaFzw-HQcV6n-baRKKr-wKqdBa-r9HPNs-6GqtZA-NRwZAY-2dcpUj8-2iWoist-59PNUC-59PNUL-4Rc3rS-PbNEgL-2aqWVUW-4R9YSg-krCAT-4Ra1JK-e66Prj-dzML3o-9ZvLVY-4R7CsP-9ZvP9h-2bNBfRZ-dNbES9-dMAbDZ-dMAbtx-2nVNPHo-4RdXsS-4R7prZ-t3asZr-71x8ue-sZNWsS-2pgGvtQ-9ZsSFe-dMAasZ-258Ctn-9ZsX6n-sZHjDh-6GmoLt-6GqsWW-6Gmq1z-6GqsNS-6GmpGi-6Gmppg-4Ra3vZ-4RbpUA-53cNfq-9ZvHTE, accessed on 12th March 2025.